Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Broadcasting / Entercom Communications Corp.

Entercom Communications Corp.

etm · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker etm
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Broadcasting
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Entercom Communications Corp.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C.  20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 
[X] 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 
ACT OF 1934 

[   ] 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 
or 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from __________to ___________ 

Commission File Number: 

001-14461 

Entercom Communications Corp. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Pennsylvania 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

23-1701044 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

401 E. City Avenue, Suite 809 
Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania 19004 
(Address of principal executive offices and zip code) 

(610) 660-5610 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT: 

Title of each class 
Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share  

Name of exchange on which registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT: 
NONE 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 
Yes [ ]   No [√] 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. 
Yes [  ]   No [√] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such 
reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes [√]   No [  ] 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  website,  if  any,  every 
Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T  (Section  232.405  of  this 
chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). 
Yes [√]   No [  ]    

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will 
not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in 
Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [  ] 

i 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.  

Large accelerated filer [  ] 

Accelerated filer [√] 

Non-accelerated filer [ ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). 
Yes [  ]   No [√] 

As  of  February  15,  2017,  the  aggregate  market  value  of  the  Class  A  common  stock  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the 

registrant was $377,551,746 based on the June 30, 2016 closing price of $13.57 on the New York Stock Exchange on such date. 

Class A common stock, $0.01 par value 33,495,197 shares outstanding as of February 15, 2017  

(Class A shares outstanding includes 1,981,453 unvested and vested but deferred restricted stock units). 

Class B common stock, $0.01 par value 7,197,532 shares outstanding as February 15, 2017. 

ii 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Certain  information  in  the  registrant’s  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  its  2017  Annual  Meeting  of 
Shareholders, pursuant to Regulation 14A, is incorporated by reference in Part III of this report, which will be filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year.  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

Page 

1 
Business ..............................................................................................................................................................  
Risk Factors ........................................................................................................................................................  
5 
Unresolved Staff Comments ...............................................................................................................................   12 
Properties  ...........................................................................................................................................................   13 
Legal Proceedings ...............................................................................................................................................   13 
Mine Safety Disclosure .......................................................................................................................................   13 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity  
Securities .............................................................................................................................................................   13 
Selected Financial Data .......................................................................................................................................   18 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ..............................   21 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk .............................................................................   39 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ...................................................................................................   39 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ..............................   39 
Controls and Procedures .....................................................................................................................................   40 
Other Information ...............................................................................................................................................   41 

PART I 

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

PART III 

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 
Item 13. 
Item 14. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ..................................................................................   42 
Executive Compensation .....................................................................................................................................   42 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters ............   42 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence .....................................................   42 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services .............................................................................................................   42 

PART IV 

Item 15. 
Item 16. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules  ...........................................................................................................   43 
Form 10-K Summary ..........................................................................................................................................  104 

Signatures 

 .....................................................................................................................................................................  105 

iii 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS 

Unless  the  context  requires  otherwise,  all  references  in  this  report  to  “Entercom,”  “we,”  “us,”  “our”  and 
similar terms refer to Entercom Communications Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries, which would include any 
variable interest entities that are required to be consolidated under accounting guidance. 

NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This report contains, in addition to historical information, statements by us with regard to our expectations 
as  to  financial  results  and  other  aspects  of  our  business  that  involve  risks  and  uncertainties  and  may  constitute 
forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

Forward-looking statements, including certain pro forma information, are presented for illustrative purposes 
only and reflect our current expectations concerning future results and events.  All statements other than statements 
of historical fact are “forward-looking statements” for purposes of federal and state securities laws including, without 
limitation, any projections of earnings, revenues or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies and 
objectives of management for future operations; any statements concerning proposed new services or developments; 
any statements regarding future economic conditions or performance; any statements of belief; and any statements of 
assumptions underlying any of the foregoing.   

We report our financial information on a calendar year basis.  Any reference to activity during the year is for 

the year ended December 31. 

You  can  identify  forward-looking  statements  by  our  use  of  words  such  as  “anticipates,”  “believes,” 
“continues,”  “expects,”  “intends,”  “likely,”  “may,”  “opportunity,”  “plans,”  “potential,”  “project,”  “will,”  “could,” 
“would,”  “should,”  “seeks,”  “estimates,”  “predicts”  and  similar  expressions  which  identify  forward-looking 
statements,  whether  in  the  negative  or  the  affirmative.    We  cannot  guarantee  that  we  actually  will  achieve  these 
plans,  intentions  or  expectations.    These  forward-looking  statements  are  subject  to  risks,  uncertainties  and  other 
factors,  some  of  which  are  beyond  our  control,  which  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those 
forecasted or anticipated in such forward-looking statements.  These risks, uncertainties and factors include, but are 
not limited to, the factors described in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors.”  

Any  pro  forma  information  that  may  be  included  reflects  adjustments  and  is  presented  for  comparative 
purposes only and does not purport to be indicative of what has occurred or indicative of future operating results or 
financial position.  

You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect our view only as of 
the  date  of  this  report.    We  do  not  intend,  and  we  do  not  undertake  any  obligation,  to  update  these  statements  or 
publicly release the result of any revision(s) to these statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of 
this report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. 

iv 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS  

PART I 

We are the fourth-largest radio broadcasting company in the United States with a portfolio of radio stations 

in 28 top markets across the country. We were organized in 1968 as a Pennsylvania corporation. 

On February 2, 2017, we and our newly formed wholly owned subsidiary (“Merger Sub”) entered into an 
Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “CBS Radio Merger Agreement”) with CBS Corporation (“CBS”) and its wholly 
owned subsidiary CBS Radio Inc. (“CBS Radio”).  Pursuant to the CBS Radio Merger Agreement, Merger Sub will 
merge  with  and  into  CBS  Radio  with  CBS  Radio  surviving  as  our  wholly  owned  subsidiary  (the  “Merger”).    The 
Merger is expected to be tax free to CBS and its shareholders, and will be effected through a stock for stock Reverse 
Morris  Trust  transaction.    The  Merger  will  make  us  a  leading  local  media  and  entertainment  company  with  a 
nationwide footprint of stations including positions in all of the top 10 markets and 23 of the top 25 markets.  The 
transactions  contemplated  by  the  CBS  Radio  Merger  Agreement  are  subject  to  approval  by  our  shareholders  and 
customary regulatory approvals.  Such approvals will require the divestiture of stations in certain markets due to FCC 
ownership limitations.  This transaction is expected to close during the second half of 2017. 

Our Strategy 

Our strategy focuses on providing compelling content in the communities we serve to enable us to offer our 
advertisers an effective marketing platform to reach a large targeted local audience.  The principal components of our 
strategy are to: (i) focus on creating effective integrated marketing solutions for our customers that incorporate our 
audio, digital and experiential assets; (ii) build strongly-branded radio stations with highly compelling content; (iii) 
develop market leading station clusters; and (iv) recruit, develop, motivate and retain superior employees.  

Source Of Revenue 

The primary  source of revenue  for  our radio  stations  is  the  sale  of  advertising  time  to  local,  regional and 
national advertisers and national network advertisers who purchase spot commercials in varying lengths.  A growing 
source of revenue is from station-related digital product suites, which allow for enhanced audience interaction and 
participation,  and  integrated  digital  advertising  solutions.  A  station’s  local  sales  staff  generates  the  majority  of  its 
local  and  regional  advertising  sales  through  direct  solicitations  of  local  advertising  agencies  and  businesses.  We 
retain a national representation firm to sell to advertisers outside of our local markets.  

Our  stations  are  typically  classified  by  their  format,  such  as  news,  sports,  talk,  classic  rock,  urban,  adult 
contemporary,  alternative  and  country,  among  others.    A  station’s  format  enables  it  to  target  specific  segments  of 
listeners sharing certain demographics. Advertisers and stations use data published by audience measuring services to 
estimate how many people within particular geographical markets and demographics listen to specific stations. Our 
geographically  and  demographically  diverse  portfolio  of  radio  stations  allows  us  to  deliver  targeted  messages  to 
specific audiences for advertisers on a local, regional and national basis.  

Competition 

The radio broadcasting  industry  is highly  competitive.    Our  stations  compete  for  listeners  and  advertising 
revenue with other radio stations within their respective markets. In addition, our stations compete for audiences and 
advertising revenues with other media including: digital audio streaming, satellite radio, broadcast television, digital, 
satellite  and  cable  television,  newspapers  and  magazines,  outdoor  advertising,  direct  mail,  yellow  pages,  wireless 
media alternatives, cellular phones and other forms of audio entertainment and advertisement.  

Federal Regulation Of Radio Broadcasting  

Overview.  The radio broadcasting industry is subject to extensive and changing government regulation of, among 
other  things,  ownership  limitations,  program  content,  advertising  content,  technical  operations  and  business  and 
employment  practices.  The  ownership,  operation  and  sale  of  radio  stations  are  subject  to  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”) pursuant to the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the 
“Communications Act”). 

The following is a brief summary of certain provisions of the Communications Act and of certain specific 
FCC  regulations  and  policies.  This  summary  is  not  a  comprehensive  listing  of  all  of  the  regulations  and  policies 
affecting  radio  stations.    For  further  information  concerning  the  nature  and  extent  of  federal  regulation  of  radio 
stations, you should refer to the Communications Act, FCC rules and FCC public notices and rulings. 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FCC  Licenses.    The  operation  of  a  radio  broadcast  station  requires  a  license  from  the  FCC.    Certain  of  our 
subsidiaries  hold  the  FCC  licenses  for  our  stations.    The  total  number  of  radio  stations  that  can  simultaneously 
operate in any given area or market is limited by the amount of spectrum allotted by the FCC within the AM and FM 
radio bands, and by station-to-station interference within those bands.  While there are no national station ownership 
caps, FCC rules do limit the number of stations within the same market that a single individual or entity may own or 
control.    

The total number of stations authorized to operate in a local market may fluctuate from time to time, and the 
number of stations that can be owned by a single individual or entity in a given market can therefore vary over time.  
Once the FCC approves the ownership of a cluster of stations in a market, that owner may continue to hold those 
stations  under  “grandfathering”  policies,  despite  a  decrease  in  the  number  of  stations  in  the  market.    We  are 
“grandfathered”  with  respect  to  one  FM  station  in  our  Wilkes-Barre/Scranton  market.    To  facilitate  the 
consummation  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  the  CBS  Radio  Merger  Agreement,  we  will  need  to  sell  this 
grandfathered station.  

Ownership Rules.  The FCC sets limits on the number of broadcast stations (including both radio and TV) an entity 
may  permissibly  own  within  a  market,  as  well  as  limits  on  the  common  ownership  of  broadcast  stations  and 
newspapers.    Same-market  FCC  numeric  ownership  limitations  are  based:  (i)  on  markets  as  defined  and  rated  by 
Nielsen Audio; and (ii) in areas outside of Nielsen Audio markets, on markets as determined by overlap of specified 
signal contours.   

Ownership  Attribution.  In  applying  its  ownership  limitations,  the  FCC  generally  considers only  “attributable” 
ownership  interests.   Attributable  interests  generally  include:  (i)  equity  and  debt  interests  which  when  combined 
exceed 33% of a licensee’s or other media entity’s total asset value, if the interest holder supplies more than 15% of a 
station’s total weekly programming or has an attributable interest in any same-market media (television, radio, cable 
or newspaper),  with  a  higher  threshold  in  the  case  of  investments  in  certain  “eligible  entities”  acquiring  broadcast 
stations; (ii) a 5% or greater direct or indirect voting stock interest, including certain interests held in trust, unless the 
holder is a qualified passive investor, in which case the threshold is a 20% or greater voting stock interest; (iii) any 
equity  interest  in  a  limited  liability  company  or  a  partnership,  including  a  limited  partnership,  unless  properly 
“insulated” from management activities; and (iv) any position as an officer or director of a licensee or of its direct or 
indirect parent.  In our case, where there is a “single majority voting shareholder,” the FCC treats as non-attributable 
voting  stock  interests  held  by  non-single  majority  owners,  even  if  they  are  in  excess  of  the  five  percent  standard 
described above.     

Alien  Ownership  Rules.    The  Communications  Act  prohibits  the  issuance  to,  or  holding  of  broadcast  licenses  by, 
foreign  governments  or  aliens,  non-U.S.  citizens,  whether  individuals  or  entities,  including  any  interest  in  a 
corporation which holds a broadcast license if more than 20% of the licensee’s capital stock is owned or voted by 
aliens.  In  addition,  the  FCC  may  prohibit  any  corporation  from  holding  a  broadcast  license  if  the  corporation  is 
directly or indirectly controlled by any other corporation of which more than 25% of the capital stock is owned of 
record  or  voted  by  aliens  if  the  FCC  finds  that  the  prohibition  is  in  the  public  interest.  The  Communications  Act 
gives  the  FCC  discretion  to  allow  greater  amounts  of  alien  ownership.    The  FCC  considers  investment  proposals 
from international companies or individuals on a case-by-case basis.  In September 2016, the FCC announced that it 
was streamlining foreign ownership rules and procedures to provide for a standardized filing and review process. 

License  Renewal.    Radio  station  licenses  issued  by  the  FCC  are  renewable  ordinarily  for  an  eight-year  term.  A 
station may continue to operate beyond the expiration date of its license if a timely filed license renewal application 
is pending.  All of our licenses have been renewed and are current. 

The FCC is required to renew a broadcast station’s license if the FCC finds that the station has served the 
public  interest,  convenience  and  necessity;  there  have  been  no  serious  violations  by  the  licensee  of  the 
Communications Act or the FCC’s rules and regulations; and there have been no other violations by the licensee of 
the Communications Act or the FCC’s rules and regulations that, taken together, constitute a pattern of abuse.  If a 
challenge is filed against a renewal application, and, as a result of an evidentiary hearing, the FCC determines that 
the licensee has failed to meet certain fundamental requirements and that no mitigating factors justify the imposition 
of a lesser sanction, the FCC may deny a license renewal application. Historically, FCC licenses have generally been 
renewed.   

Petitions to deny renewal applications are filed from time to time. Several petitions have been filed against 
us.  Subject to the resolution of open FCC inquiries, we believe that our licenses will be renewed and that continuing 

2 

 
 
challenges to already granted renewals will be resolved favorably to us, although there can be no assurance to that 
effect.  

The FCC initiated an investigation in January 2007, related to a contest at one of our stations.  In October 
2016,  the  FCC  designated  for  a  hearing  whether  we  operated  this  station  in  the  public  interest  and  whether  such 
station’s license should be renewed. In February 2017, in order to facilitate the Merger, we permanently discontinued 
operation  of  our  only  station  subject  to  a  petition  to  deny,  in  order  to  cancel  the  license,  dismiss  its  renewal 
application and terminate the renewal hearing.     

Transfer Or Assignment Of Licenses.  The Communications Act prohibits the assignment of broadcast licenses or 
the transfer of control of a broadcast licensee without the prior approval of the FCC. In determining whether to grant 
such approval, the FCC considers a number of factors pertaining to the existing licensee and the proposed licensee, 
including:  

 

 

 

compliance with the various rules limiting common ownership of media properties in a given market; 

the “character” of the proposed licensee; and 

compliance  with  the  Communications  Act’s  limitations  on  alien  ownership  as  well  as  general 
compliance with FCC regulations and policies. 

To  obtain  FCC  consent  for  the  assignment  or  transfer  of  control  of  a  broadcast  license,  appropriate 
applications must be filed with the FCC. Interested parties may file objections or petitions to deny such applications.  

Programming  And  Operation.    The  Communications  Act  requires  broadcasters  to  serve  the  “public  interest.”  A 
licensee is required to present programming that is responsive to issues in the station’s community of license and to 
maintain  records  demonstrating  this  responsiveness.  The  FCC  regulates,  among  other  things,  political  advertising; 
sponsorship identification; the advertisement of contests and lotteries; the conduct of station-run contests; obscene, 
indecent  and  profane  broadcasts;  certain  employment  practices;  and  certain  technical  operation  requirements, 
including  limits  on  human  exposure  to  radio-frequency  radiation.    The  FCC  considers  complaints  from  listeners 
concerning  a  station’s  public  service  programming,  employment  practices,  or  other  operational  issues  when 
processing  a  renewal  application  filed  by  a  station,  but  the  FCC  may  consider  complaints  at  any  time  and  may 
impose fines or take other action for violations of the FCC’s rules separate from its action on a renewal application.  

FCC regulations prohibit the broadcast of obscene material at any time as well as the broadcast, between the 
hours  of  6  am  and  10  pm,  of  material  it  considers  “indecent”  or  “profane”.    The  FCC  has  historically  enforced 
licensee  compliance  in  this  area  through  the  assessment  of  monetary  forfeitures.  Such  forfeitures  may  include:  (i) 
imposition of the maximum authorized fine for egregious cases ($350,000 for a single violation, up to a maximum of 
$3,300,000 for a continuing violation); and (ii) imposition of fines on a per utterance basis instead of a single fine for 
an entire program. There are a number of outstanding indecency proceedings in which we are defending our stations’ 
conduct, and there may be other complaints of this nature which have been submitted to the FCC of which we have 
not yet been notified.   

Certain FCC rules regulate the conduct of on-air station contests, requiring in general that the material rules 
and terms of the contest be broadcast periodically or posted online and that the contest be conducted substantially as 
announced.   

Enforcement  Authority.    The  FCC  has  the  power  to  impose  penalties  for  violations  of  its  rules  under  the 
Communications Act, including the imposition of monetary fines, the issuance of short-term licenses, the imposition 
of  a  condition  on  the  renewal  of  a  license,  the  denial  of  authority  to  acquire  new  stations,  and  the  revocation  of 
operating authority.  The maximum fine for a single violation of the FCC’s rules (other than indecency rules – see 
discussion above) is currently $75,000.   

Proposed And Recent Changes. Congress, the FCC and other federal agencies are considering or may in the future 
consider  and  adopt  new  laws,  regulations  and  policies  regarding  a  wide  variety  of  matters  that  could:  (1)  affect, 
directly or indirectly, the operation, ownership and profitability of our radio stations; (2) result in the loss of audience 
share and advertising revenues for our radio stations; and (3) affect our ability to acquire additional radio stations or 
to finance those acquisitions. 

3 

 
 
 
 
Federal Antitrust Laws.  The federal agencies responsible for enforcing the federal antitrust laws, the Federal Trade 
Commission and the Department of Justice, may investigate certain acquisitions. For an acquisition meeting certain 
size thresholds, the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 requires the parties to file Notification 
and  Report  Forms  with  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  and  the  Department  of  Justice  and  to  observe  specified 
waiting-period requirements before consummating the acquisition.  The transaction contemplated by the CBS Radio 
Merger Agreement will be subject to review by the Federal Trade Commission and the Department of Justice.  On 
February 7, 2017, we were advised that the Department of Justice has initiated an informal investigation regarding 
transactions contemplated by the CBS Radio Merger Agreement.  

HD Radio 

AM  and  FM  radio  stations  may  use  the  FCC  selected  In-Band  On-Channel  (“IBOC”)  as  the  exclusive 
technology for terrestrial digital operations. IBOC, developed by iBiquity Digital Corporation, is also known as “HD 
Radio.”   

HD Radio technology permits a station to transmit radio programming in digital format. We currently use 
HD  Radio  digital  technology  on  most  of  our  FM  stations.  The  advantages  of  digital  audio  broadcasting  over 
traditional  analog  broadcasting  technology  include  improved  sound  quality,  the  availability  of  additional  channels 
and the ability to offer a greater variety of auxiliary services.   

Employees 

As of January 31, 2017, we had 1,683 full-time employees and 1,145 part-time employees.  With respect to 
certain  of  our  stations  in  our  Kansas  City  and  San  Francisco  markets,  we  are  a  party  to  collective  bargaining 
agreements with the Screen Actors Guild - American Federation of Television and Radio Artists (known as SAG-
AFTRA). Approximately 46 employees are represented by these collective bargaining agreements.  We believe that 
our relations with our employees are good.   

Corporate Governance 

Code  Of  Business  Conduct  And  Ethics.    We  have  a  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  that  applies  to 
each of our employees including our principal executive officers and senior members of our finance department. Our 
Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  can  be  found  on  the  “Investors”  sub-page  of  our  website  located  at 
www.entercom.com/investors.   

Board  Committee  Charters. 

  Each  of  our  Audit  Committee,  Compensation  Committee  and 
Nominating/Corporate  Governance  Committee  has  a  committee  charter  as  required  by  the  rules  of  the  New  York 
Stock  Exchange.    These  committee  charters  can  be  found  on  the  “Investors”  sub-page  of  our  website  located  at 
www.entercom.com/investors.   

Corporate  Governance  Guidelines.    New  York  Stock  Exchange  rules  require  our  Board  of  Directors  to 
establish certain Corporate Governance Guidelines.  These guidelines can be found on the “Investors” sub-page of 
our website located at www.entercom.com/investors.   

Environmental Compliance 

As the owner, lessee or operator of various real properties and facilities, we are subject to various federal, 
state and local environmental laws and regulations. Historically, compliance with these laws and regulations has not 
had a material adverse effect on our business.  

Seasonality 

Seasonal  revenue  fluctuations  are  common  in  the  radio  broadcasting  industry  and  are  due  primarily  to 

fluctuations in advertising expenditures.  

Internet Address And Internet Access To Periodic And Current Reports 

You  can  find  more  information  about  us  that  includes  a  list  of  our  stations  in  each  of  our  markets  at  our 
Internet website located at www.entercom.com. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 
10-Q, our Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports are available free of charge through 
our Internet website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with the Securities 
4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and Exchange Commission  (the  “SEC”).    The  contents of  our  websites are  not  incorporated  by  reference  into  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K or in any other report or document we file with the SEC, and any references to our 
websites  are  intended  to  be  inactive  textual  references  only.  We  will  also  provide  a  copy  of  our  annual  report  on 
Form 10-K upon any written request. 

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS 

Many  statements  contained  in  this  report  are  forward-looking  in  nature.  See  Note  Regarding  Forward-
Looking Statements at the beginning of this Form 10-K. These statements are based on current plans, intentions or 
expectations,  and  actual  results  could  differ  materially  as  we  cannot  guarantee  that  we  will  achieve  these  plans, 
intentions or expectations.  Among the factors that could cause actual results to differ are the following: 

BUSINESS RISKS 

Our results may be impacted by economic trends. 

Our net revenues increased in 2016 as compared to the prior year primarily as a result of organic growth and 
acquisitions made during 2015. Excluding the net revenues from these new radio stations (net of any divestitures), 
net revenues increased in the low single digits for the year.   

Our  results  of  operations  could  be  negatively  impacted  by  economic  fluctuations  or  by  future  economic 
downturns. Also, expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical, reflecting overall economic conditions. The risks 
associated  with  our  business  could  be  more  acute  in  periods  of  a  slowing  economy  or  recession,  which  may  be 
accompanied by a decrease in advertising. A decrease in advertising expenditures can have an adverse effect on our 
net revenues, profit margins, cash flow, and liquidity. 

There can be no assurance that we will not experience an adverse impact on our ability to access capital, 
which may be material to our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our ability to access 
the capital markets may be severely restricted at a time when we would like or need to do so, which could have an 
adverse impact on our capacity to react to changing economic and business conditions. 

We may be unable to effectively integrate our acquisitions, including the announced Merger with CBS Radio. 

The integration of acquisitions involves numerous risks.  

In  particular,  after  consummation  of  the  Merger  with  CBS  Radio,  Entercom  will  have  significantly  more 
sales, assets and employees than it did prior to the Merger.  The integration process will require Entercom to expend 
significant capital and significantly expand the scope of its operations and financial systems Entercom’s management 
will be required to devote a significant amount of time and attention to the process of integrating the operations of 
the CBS Radio business.  There is a significant degree of difficulty and management involvement inherent in that 
process. These difficulties include:  

 

integrating the operations of the CBS Radio business while carrying on the ongoing operations of 
Entercom’s business; 

  managing a significantly larger company than before consummation of the Merger; 

 

 

 

 

the possibility of faulty assumptions underlying Entercom’s expectations regarding the integration 
process; 

coordinating a greater number of diverse businesses and businesses located in a greater number of 
geographic locations; 

retaining existing customers and attracting new customers; 

the potential diversion of management’s focus and resources from other strategic opportunities and 
from operational matters; 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  managing  tax  costs  or  inefficiencies  associated  with  integrating  the  operations  of  the  combined 

company; 

 

 

 

 

 

unforeseen expenses or delays associated with the Merger; 

integrating two separate business cultures, which may prove to be incompatible; 

attracting and retaining the necessary personnel associated with the CBS Radio business following 
the Merger; 

creating uniform standards, controls, procedures, policies and information systems and controlling 
the costs associated with such matters; and 

integrating  information  purchasing,  accounting,  finance,  sales,  billing,  payroll  and  regulatory 
compliance systems. 

There is no assurance that the CBS Radio business will be successfully or cost-effectively integrated into 
Entercom. The process of integrating the CBS Radio business into Entercom’s operations may cause an interruption 
of, or loss of momentum in, the activities of Entercom’s business after consummation of the Merger. If Entercom’s 
management  is  not  able  to  effectively  manage  the  integration  process,  or  if  any  significant  business  activities  are 
interrupted  as  a  result  of  the  integration  process,  Entercom’s  business  could  suffer  and  its  liquidity,  results  of 
operations and financial condition may be materially adversely impacted. 

All of the risks associated with the integration process could be exacerbated by the fact that Entercom may 
not  have  a  sufficient  number  of  employees  with  the  requisite  expertise  to  integrate  the  businesses  or  to  operate 
Entercom’s  business  after  consummation  of  the  Merger.  If  Entercom  does  not  hire  or  retain  employees  with  the 
requisite  skills  and  knowledge  to  run  Entercom  after  the  Transactions,  it  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on 
Entercom’s business. 

Our  businesses  may  be  subject  to  uncertainties  and  other  operating  restrictions  until  completion  of  the  Merger 
with CBS Radio. 

In connection with the Merger, our business may experience disruptions as customers, suppliers, advertisers 
and  others  may  attempt  to  negotiate  changes  in  existing  business  relationships  or  consider  entering  into  business 
relationships with parties other than Entercom or CBS Radio.  Additionally, we have agreed to refrain from taking 
certain  actions  with  respect  to  our  business  and  financial  affairs  during  the  pendency  of  the  Merger,  which  could 
adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. 

We  may  have  difficulty  attracting,  motivating  and  retaining  key  employees  during  the  pendency  of  the  Merger 
with CBS Radio. 

In  connection with  the pending  Merger  with  CBS  Radio, current  and prospective  employees of  Entercom 
may experience uncertainty about their future roles with Entercom following the Merger, which may adversely affect 
the ability of Entercom to attract and retain key personnel while the Merger is pending.  Key employees may depart 
because of the uncertainty or potential difficulty of integration or a desire not to remain with the combined company 
following the Merger. 

Failure to complete the Merger with CBS Radio could adversely affect our business, results of operations or stock 
price, or prevent us from realizing anticipated benefits. 

The  pending  Merger  with  CBS  Radio  remains  subject  to  certain  closing  conditions.    Entercom  and  CBS 
Radio may not receive the required consents, approvals and clearances to complete the Merger or satisfy the other 
conditions necessary to complete the Merger.  In addition, Entercom and CBS Radio may each terminate the CBS 
Radio  Merger  Agreement  under  certain  limited  circumstances.    If  the  pending  Merger  with  CBS  Radio  is  not 
completed  or  is  delayed,  our  business  and  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock  may  be  adversely  affected  for  a 
variety of reasons. 

The  CBS  Radio  Merger  Agreement  contains  provisions  that  restrict  our  ability  to  pursue  alternatives  to  the 
Merger, and in specified circumstances, could require us to pay CBS a termination fee. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Under the CBS Radio Merger Agreement, we are restricted, subject to certain exceptions, from soliciting, 
initiating, knowingly facilitating, knowingly inducing or encouraging, or negotiating, discussing or furnishing non-
public information with respect to, any inquiry, proposal or offer that constitutes or would reasonably be expected to 
lead to an acquisition proposal pursuant to the terms of the CBS Radio Merger Agreement. 

If the CBS Radio Merger Agreement is terminated in certain circumstances, we will be required to pay CBS 

a termination fee of $30 million. 

The Merger with CBS Radio may not achieve its intended benefits. 

Even if Entercom is able to successfully combine the two business operations, it may not be possible to realize the 
full benefits of the increased sales volume and other benefits, including the expected synergies, that we anticipate to 
result from the Merger, or realize these benefits within the time frame that is expected. For example, the elimination 
of duplicative costs may not be possible or may take longer than anticipated, or the benefits from the Merger may be 
offset by costs incurred or delays in integrating the companies. If Entercom fails to realize the benefits it anticipates 
from the acquisition, Entercom’s liquidity, results of operations or financial condition may be adversely affected. 

Our  radio  stations  may  be  adversely  affected  by  changes  in  programming  and  competition  for  advertising 
revenues. 

We  operate  in  a  highly  competitive  business.  Our  radio  stations  compete  for  audiences  with  advertising 
revenue  as  our  principal  source  of  income.  We  compete  directly  with  other  radio  stations,  as  well  as  with  other 
media, such as broadcast, cable and satellite television, digital audio, newspapers and magazines, national and local 
digital services, outdoor advertising and direct mail. Audience ratings and market shares are subject to change, and 
any decrease in our listenership ratings or market share in a particular market could have a material adverse effect on 
the revenue of our stations located in that market. Audience ratings and market shares could be affected by a variety 
of  factors,  including  changes  in  the  format  or  content  of  programming  (some  of  which  may  be  outside  of  our 
control), personnel changes, demographic shifts and general broadcast listening trends.  Adverse changes in any of 
these areas or trends could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. 

While  we  already  compete  in  some  of  our  markets  with  stations  with  similarly  programmed  formats,  if 
another radio station in a market were to convert its programming format to a format similar to one of our stations or 
if  an  existing  competitor  were  to  garner  additional  market  share,  our  stations  could  suffer  a  reduction  in  ratings 
and/or advertising revenue and could incur increased promotional and other expenses. Competing companies may be 
larger and have more financial resources than we do. We cannot be assured that any of our stations will be able to 
maintain or increase their current audience ratings and advertising revenues. 

We  cannot  predict  the  competitive  effect  on  the  radio  broadcasting  industry  of  changes  in  audio  content 
distribution, changes in technology or changes in regulations. 

The  radio  broadcasting  industry  is  subject  to  rapid  technological  change,  evolving  industry  standards  and 
the emergence of new media technologies and services. We may lack the resources to acquire new technologies or 
introduce new services to allow us to compete with these new offerings. Competing technologies and services, some 
of  which  are  commercial  free,  include:  personal  audio  devices;  national  and  local  digital  audio  services;  satellite-
delivered digital radio services; content available over the Internet; HD Radio, which provides multi-channel, multi-
format digital radio services in the same bandwidth currently occupied by traditional AM and FM radio services; and 
low-power  FM  radio,  which  could  result  in  additional  FM  radio  broadcast  outlets,  including  additional  low-power 
FM radio signals authorized under the Local Community Radio Act of 2010. 

We cannot predict the effect, if any, that competition arising from new technologies or regulatory changes 

may have on the radio broadcasting industry or on our financial condition and results of operations.  

We  are  subject  to  extensive  regulations  and  are  dependent  on  federally  issued  licenses  to  operate  our  radio 
stations. Failure to comply with such regulations could damage our business. 

The radio  broadcasting  industry  is  subject  to  extensive  regulation by  the  FCC  under  the  Communications 
Act  of  1934.  See  Federal  Regulation  of  Radio  Broadcasting  under  Part  I,  Item  1,  “Business.”  We  are  required  to 
7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
obtain licenses from the FCC to operate our radio stations. Licenses are normally granted for a term of eight years 
and  are  renewable.  Although  the  vast  majority  of  FCC  radio  station  licenses  are  routinely  renewed,  we  cannot  be 
assured that the FCC will approve our future renewal applications or that the renewals will not include conditions or 
qualifications. During the periods when a renewal application is pending, informal objections and petitions to deny 
the renewal application can be filed by interested parties, including members of the public, on a variety of grounds. 
The non-renewal, or renewal with substantial conditions or modifications, of one or more of our licenses could have 
a material adverse effect on us.   

We must comply with extensive FCC regulations and policies in the ownership and operation of our radio 
stations. FCC regulations limit the number of radio stations that a licensee can own in a market, which could restrict 
our  ability  to  consummate  future  transactions  and  in  certain  circumstances  could  require  us  to  divest  some  radio 
stations.  The  FCC’s  rules  governing  our  radio  station  operations  impose  costs  on  our  operations,  and  changes  in 
those rules could have an adverse effect on our business. The FCC also requires radio stations to comply with certain 
technical requirements to limit interference between two or more radio stations. If the FCC relaxes these technical 
requirements, it could impair the signals transmitted by our radio stations and could have a material adverse effect on 
us. Moreover, these FCC regulations may change over time, and we cannot be assured that changes would not have a 
material adverse effect on us. We are currently the subject of several pending investigations by the FCC. 

Congress or federal agencies that regulate us could impose new regulations or fees on our operations that could 
have a material adverse effect on us. 

There  was  proposed  legislation  in  the  past  and  there  could  be  again  in  the  future  that  requires  radio 
broadcasters  to  pay  additional  fees  such  as  a  spectrum  fee  for  the  use  of  the  spectrum.   In  addition,  there  was 
proposed legislation which would impose a new royalty fee that would be paid to record labels and performing artists 
for use of their recorded music. It is currently unknown what impact any potential required royalty payments or fees 
would have on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position.  

The loss of key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Our business depends upon the continued efforts, abilities and expertise of our executive officers and other 
key personnel. We believe that the loss of one or more of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on 
our business. 

Our radio stations compete for creative and on-air talent with other radio stations and other media, such as 
broadcast, cable and satellite television, digital media and satellite radio. Our on-air talent are subject to change, due 
to competition and for other reasons. Changes in on-air talent could materially and negatively affect our ratings and 
our ability to attract local and national advertisers, which could in turn adversely affect our revenues.  

We depend on selected market clusters of radio stations for a material portion of our revenues. 

For 2016, we generated over 50% of our net revenues in 8 of our 28 markets, which were Boston, Buffalo, 
Denver,  Kansas  City,  Miami,  Sacramento,  San  Francisco  and  Seattle.  Accordingly,  we  have  greater  exposure  to 
adverse  events  or  conditions  in  any  of  these  markets,  such  as  changes  in  the  economy,  shifts  in  population  or 
demographics, or changes in audience tastes, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and 
results of operations and cash flows. 

Impairments to our broadcasting licenses and goodwill have reduced our earnings. 

We have incurred impairment losses that resulted in the non-cash write-downs of our broadcasting licenses 
and goodwill. A significant amount of these impairment losses were recorded in 2008 during the recession and the 
most recent impairment loss was recorded in 2012. As of December 31, 2016, our broadcasting licenses and goodwill 
comprise 80% of our total assets. The valuation of our broadcasting licenses and goodwill is subjective and based on 
our estimates and assumptions rather than precise calculations.  The fair value measurements for both our broadcast 
licenses  and goodwill  use  significant unobservable  inputs  and  reflect  our  own  assumptions  including  market  share 
and  profit  margin  for  an  average  station,  growth  within  a  radio  market,  estimates  of  costs  and  losses  during  early 
years, potential competition within a radio market and the appropriate discount rate used in determining fair value.  If 
events  occur  or  circumstances  change  that  would  reduce  the  fair  value  of  the  broadcasting  licenses  and  goodwill 
below the amount reflected on the balance sheet, we may be required to recognize impairment charges, which may 
be material, in future periods. Current accounting guidance does not permit a valuation increase. 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
We have significant obligations relating to our current operating leases. 

As of December 31, 2016, we had future operating lease commitments of approximately $99.2 million that 
are disclosed in Note 20 in the accompanying notes to the audited consolidated financial statements. We are required 
to make certain estimates at the inception of a lease in order to determine whether the lease is operating or capital. In 
February 2016, the accounting guidance was modified to require that all leases with a term of more than one year, 
covering leased assets such as real estate, broadcasting towers and equipment, be reflected on the balance sheet as 
assets  and  liabilities  for  the  rights  and  obligations  created  by  these  leases.    While  we  are  currently  reviewing  the 
effects of this guidance, we believe that this would result in: (1) an increase in the assets and liabilities reflected on 
our  consolidated  balance  sheets;  and  (2)  an  increase  in  our  interest  expense  and  depreciation  and  amortization 
expense and a decrease to our station operating expense reflected on our consolidated statements of operations.  This 
guidance is effective for us as of January 1, 2019.  

Our  business  is  dependent  upon  the  proper  functioning  of  our  internal  business  processes  and  information 
systems  and  modification  or  interruption  of  such  systems  may  disrupt  our  business,  processes  and  internal 
controls. 

The proper functioning of our internal business processes and information systems is critical to the efficient 
operation  and  management  of  our  business.  If  these  information  technology  systems  fail  or  are  interrupted,  our 
operations may be adversely affected and operating results could be harmed. Our business processes and information 
systems need to be sufficiently scalable to support the future growth of our business and may require modifications 
or upgrades that expose us to a number of operational risks. Our information technology systems, and those of third-
party providers, may also be vulnerable to damage or disruption caused by circumstances beyond our control. These 
include catastrophic events, power anomalies or outages, computer system or network failures and natural disasters. 
Any  material  disruption,  malfunction or  similar  challenges  with  our  business  processes  or  information  systems,  or 
disruptions  or  challenges  relating  to  the  transition  to  new  processes,  systems  or  providers,  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.   

The FCC has engaged in vigorous enforcement of its indecency rules against the broadcast industry, which could 
have a material adverse effect on our business. 

FCC regulations prohibit the broadcast of obscene material at any time and indecent or profane material between the 
hours of 6:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m. Over the last decade, the FCC has increased its enforcement efforts relating to the 
regulation  of  indecency  and  has  threatened  on  more  than  one  occasion  to  initiate  license  revocation  proceedings 
against a broadcast licensee who commits a “serious” indecency violation. Congress has dramatically increased the 
penalties  for  broadcasting  obscene,  indecent  or  profane  programming,  and  these  penalties  may  potentially  subject 
broadcasters  to  license  revocation,  renewal  or  qualification  proceedings  in  the  event  that  they  broadcast  such 
material. In addition, the FCC’s heightened focus on the indecency regulatory scheme, against the broadcast industry 
generally,  may  encourage  third  parties  to  oppose  our  license  renewal  applications  or  applications  for  consent  to 
acquire broadcast stations. Several of our stations are currently subject to indecency-related inquiries and/or proposed 
fines  at  the  FCC’s  Enforcement  Bureau  as  well  as  objections  to  our  license  renewals  based  on  such  inquiries  and 
proposed  fines,  and  we  may  in  the  future  become  subject  to  additional  inquiries  or  proceedings  related  to  our 
stations’ broadcast of obscene, indecent or profane material. To the extent that these inquiries or other proceedings 
result in the imposition of fines, a settlement with the FCC, revocation of any of our station licenses or denials of 
license renewal applications, our results of operations and business could be materially adversely affected. 

Cybersecurity threats to our business  

The use of our computers and digital technology in substantially all aspects of our business operations give 
rise to cybersecurity risks, including viruses or malware, physical or electronic intrusions and unauthorized access to 
our data. A cybersecurity attack could compromise confidential information. There can be no assurance that we, or 
the security systems we implement, will protect against all of these rapidly changing risks. A cyber-incident could 
increase  our  operating  costs,  disrupt  our  operations,  harm  our  reputation,  or  subject  us  to  liability  under  laws  and 
regulations  that  protect  personal  data.  We  maintain  insurance  coverage  against  certain  of  such  risks,  but  cannot 
guarantee that such coverage will be applicable or sufficient with respect to any given incident or on-going incidents 
that go undetected.  

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDEBTEDNESS 

Current and future indebtedness could have an adverse impact on us. 

We have substantial indebtedness.  As of December 31, 2016, we have outstanding a senior secured credit 
facility  (the  “Credit  Facility”)  of  $540  million  that  is  comprised  of:  (a)  $60  million  revolving  commitment  (the 
“Revolver”); and (b) a $480 million term loan (the “Term B Loan”). 

The significant amount of debt could have an adverse impact on us.  For example, these obligations:  

 

increase our vulnerability in an economic downturn, limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures 
and reduce our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions; 

  make it more difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations; 

 

 

 

 

limit  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  for  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  acquisitions 
and general corporate or other purposes; 

require  us  to  dedicate  a  substantial  portion  of  our  cash  flow  from  operations  to  debt  service,  thereby 
reducing the availability of cash flow for other purposes;  

restrict us from taking advantage of opportunities to grow our business; and 

limit or prohibit our ability to pay dividends and make other distributions. 

The  undrawn  amount  of  the  Revolver  was  $59.3  million  as  of  December  31,  2016.    The  amount  of  the 
Revolver  available  to  us  is  a  function  of  covenant  compliance  at  the  time  of  borrowing.    Based  on  our  financial 
covenant analysis as of December 31, 2016, we would not be limited in these borrowings.  

We may from time to time seek to amend our existing debt agreements or obtain funding or additional debt 

financing, which may result in higher interest rates.   

We must comply with the covenants in our debt agreements, which restrict our operational flexibility.  

Our  Credit  Facility,  which  was  entered  into  in  November  2016,  contains  provisions  which,  under  certain 
circumstances, limit our ability to borrow money; make acquisitions, investments or restricted payments, including 
without limitation dividends and the repurchase of stock; swap or sell assets; or merge or consolidate with another 
company. To secure the debt under our Credit Facility, we have pledged substantially all of our assets, including the 
stock or equity interests of our subsidiaries.  

The Credit Facility requires us to maintain compliance with specific financial covenants which are defined 
terms within the agreement, including: (1) a maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio that cannot exceed 5.0 times at 
December  31,  2016,  and  which  decreases  over  time  to  4.5  at  March  31,  2019  and  thereafter;  and  (2) a  minimum 
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of 2.0 times at all times.   

Our  ability  to  comply  with  these  financial  covenants  can  be  affected  by  operating  performance  or  other 
events beyond our control, and we cannot be assured that we will comply with these covenants. A default under our 
Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on our business.  

Failure to comply with our financial covenants or other terms of these financial instruments and the failure 
to  negotiate  and  obtain  any  required  relief from  our  lenders  could  result  in  the  acceleration of  the maturity  of  our 
outstanding debt and our lenders could proceed against our assets, including the equity interests of our subsidiaries.  
Under these circumstances, the acceleration of our debt could have a material adverse effect on our business.   

Because of our holding company structure, we depend on our subsidiaries for cash flow, and our access to this 
cash flow is restricted.  

We  operate  as  a  holding  company.  All  of  our  radio  stations  are  currently  owned  and  operated  by  our 
subsidiaries. Entercom Radio, LLC (“Radio”), our 100% owned finance subsidiary, is the borrower under our Credit 
Facility.  All of our station operating subsidiaries and FCC license subsidiaries are subsidiaries of Radio. Further, we 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
guarantee Radio’s obligations under the Credit Facility. Radio’s subsidiaries are all full and unconditional guarantors 
jointly and severally under the Credit Facility.   

As  a  holding  company,  our  only  source  of  cash  to  pay  our  obligations,  including  corporate  overhead  and 
other expenses, is cash distributed from our subsidiaries. We currently expect that the majority of the net earnings 
and cash flow of our subsidiaries will be retained and used by them in their operations, including servicing Radio’s 
debt obligations. Even if our subsidiaries elect to make distributions to us, we cannot be assured that applicable state 
law and contractual restrictions, including the restricted payments covenants contained in our Credit Facility, would 
permit such dividends or distributions.  

Our variable rate debt subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase 
significantly. 

Borrowings under our Credit Facility are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If 
interest rates increase, our debt service obligations under the Credit Facility could increase even though the amount 
borrowed  remains  the  same,  and  our  net  income  and  cash  flows,  including  cash  available  for  servicing  our  debt, 
could correspondingly decrease. As of December 31, 2016, and assuming the Revolver was fully drawn, a 100 basis 
point increase in London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) rates as of December 31, 2016 would result in a $4.3 
million increase in annual interest expense on our debt (in this hypothetical assumption, a 100 basis point increase in 
LIBOR only partially impacted the interest on our Credit Facility’s Term B Loan as the LIBOR rate on our Term B 
Loan is subject to a 100 basis point minimum).  

In  the  future,  we  may  enter  into  interest  rate  swaps  that  involve  the  exchange  of  floating  for  fixed  rate 
interest  payments  in  order  to  reduce  interest  rate  risk.  We  may,  however,  not  maintain  interest  rate  swaps  with 
respect to all of our variable rate debt, and any swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk.  

A lowering or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to our debt securities by rating agencies may increase our future 
borrowing costs and reduce our access to capital. 

Our debt has a non-investment grade rating, and any rating assigned could be lowered or withdrawn entirely 
by a rating agency if, in the rating agency’s judgment, future circumstances relating to the basis of the rating, such as 
adverse  changes,  so  warrant.    Any  future  lowering  of  our  ratings  would  likely  make  it  more  difficult  or  more 
expensive for us to obtain additional debt financing.   

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OUR STOCK 

Our Chairman of the Board and our President and Chief Executive Officer own a substantial equity interest in us 
and effectively control our Company. Their interests may conflict with your interest.  

As of February 15, 2017, Joseph M. Field, our Chairman of the Board, beneficially owned 1,366,730 shares 
of our Class A common stock and 6,148,282 shares of our Class B common stock, representing approximately 61.2% 
of  the  total  voting  power  of  all  of  our  outstanding  common  stock.    As  of  February  15,  2017,  David  J.  Field,  our 
President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  one  of  our  directors  and  the  son  of  Joseph  M.  Field,  beneficially  owned 
3,337,974  shares  of  our  Class  A  common  stock  and  749,250  shares  of  our  outstanding  Class  B  common  stock, 
representing approximately  11.0% of the total voting power of all of our outstanding common stock. Collectively, 
Joseph M. Field and David J. Field and other members of the Field family beneficially own all of our outstanding 
Class B common stock. Other members of the Field family and trusts for their benefit also own shares of Class A 
common stock.  

Shares of Class B common stock are transferable only to Joseph M. Field, David J. Field, certain of their 
family  members  or  trusts  for  any  of  their  benefit.  Upon  any  other  transfer,  shares  of  our  Class  B  common  stock 
automatically  convert  into  shares  of  our  Class  A  common  stock  on  a  one-for-one  basis.  Shares  of  our  Class  B 
common stock are entitled to ten votes only when Joseph M. Field or David J. Field vote them, subject to certain 
exceptions when they are restricted to one vote. Joseph M. Field generally is able to control the vote on all matters 
submitted to a vote of shareholders and, therefore, is able to direct our management and policies, except with respect 
to  those  matters  when  the  shares  of  our  Class  B  common  stock  are  only  entitled  to  one  vote  and  those  matters 
requiring  a  class  vote  under  the  provisions  of  our  articles  of  incorporation,  bylaws  or  applicable  law,  including, 
without limitation, the election of the two Class A directors.   

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Future sales by Joseph M. Field and/or David J. Field could adversely affect the price of our Class A common 
stock. 

The price for our Class A common stock could fall substantially if Joseph M. Field and/or David J. Field 
sell  in  the  public  market  or  transfer  large  amounts  of  shares,  including  any  shares  of  our  Class  B  common  stock 
which are automatically converted to Class A common stock when sold (as described in the above paragraph).  These 
sales, or the possibility of such sales, could make it more difficult for us to raise capital by selling equity or equity-
related securities in the future. 

The Merger With CBS Radio Will Impact Your Equity Interests 

Immediately  after  consummation  of  the  Merger,  approximately  72%  of  the  shares  of  Entercom  common 
stock  are  expected  to  be  held  by  former  holders  of  CBS  Radio  common  stock  on  a  fully  diluted  basis  in  the 
aggregate, and approximately 28% of the shares of Entercom common stock are expected to be held by pre-Merger 
holders  of  Entercom  common  stock  on  a  fully  diluted  basis  in  the  aggregate.  The  stock  price  may  be  volatile  and 
there will be a change in control of our company.  

The difficulties associated with any attempt to gain control of our Company could adversely affect the price of our 
Class A common stock. 

Joseph M. Field controls the decision as to whether a change in control will occur for our Company.  There 
are also provisions contained in our articles of incorporation, by-laws and Pennsylvania law that could make it more 
difficult for a third party to acquire control of our Company. In addition, FCC approval for transfers of control of 
FCC licenses and assignments of FCC licenses is required. These restrictions and limitations could adversely affect 
the trading price of our Class A common stock.  

Our Class A stock price and trading volume could be volatile. 

Our  Class  A  common  stock  has  been  publicly  traded  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  (“NYSE”)  since 
January  29,  1999.  The  market  price  of  our  Class  A  common  stock  and  our  trading  volume  have  been  subject  to 
fluctuations since the date of our initial public offering. As a result, the market price of our Class A common stock 
could experience volatility, regardless of our operating performance.   

Our  perpetual  cumulative  convertible  preferred  stock  could  adversely  affect  the  price  of  our  Class  A  common 
stock. 

Our  Board  of  Directors  has  the  authority  to  issue  up  to  25,000,000  shares  of  preferred  stock.   We  have 
issued  11  shares  of  perpetual  cumulative  convertible  preferred stock (“Preferred”) with a  liquidation preference of 
$2.5 million per share. Our Board of Directors has the authority to determine the price, rights, preferences, privileges 
and restrictions, including voting rights, of any additional preferred stock without any further vote or action by the 
shareholders. The rights of the holders of our common stock may be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the 
rights of the holders of any preferred stock that may be issued in the future.   

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None.  

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES 

The  types  of  properties  required  to  support  each  of  our  radio  stations  include  offices,  studios  and 
transmitter/antenna  sites.  We  lease  most  of  these  sites.  A  station’s  studios  are  generally  housed  with  its  offices  in 
business districts. Our studio and office space leases typically contain lease terms with expiration dates of five to 15 
years.  Our  transmitter/antenna  sites,  which  may  include  an  auxiliary  transmitter/antenna  as  a  back-up  to  the  main 
site, contain lease terms that generally range from five to 30 years, which may include options to renew.   

The  transmitter/antenna  site  for  each  station  is  generally  located  so  as  to  provide  maximum  market 
coverage.  In  general,  we  do  not  anticipate  difficulties  in  renewing  facility  or  transmitter/antenna  site  leases  or  in 
leasing additional space or sites if required.  

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have approximately $99.2 million in future minimum rental commitments under these leases.   Many of 

these leases contain clauses such as defined contractual increases or cost of living adjustments.  

Our principal executive offices are located at 401 E. City Avenue, Suite 809, Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania 
19004, in 14,061 square feet of leased office space. The lease on these premises is due to expire on October 31, 2021.  
We generally consider our facilities to be suitable and of adequate size for our current and intended purposes. 

ITEM 3. 

 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

We  currently  and  from  time  to  time  are  involved  in  litigation  incidental  to  the  conduct  of  our  business. 
Management anticipates that any potential liability of ours that may arise out of or with respect to these matters will 
not materially adversely affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

Broadcast Licenses 

We could face increased costs in the form of fines and a greater risk that we could lose any one or more of 
our broadcasting licenses if the FCC concludes that programming broadcast by our stations was obscene, indecent or 
profane and such conduct warrants license revocation. The FCC's authority to impose a fine for the broadcast of such 
material is $350,000 for a single incident, with a maximum fine of up to $3,300,000 for a continuing violation. In the 
past, the FCC has issued Notices of Apparent Liability and a Forfeiture Order with respect to several of our stations 
proposing fines for certain programming which the FCC deemed to have been indecent. These cases are the subject 
of  pending  administrative  appeals.  The  FCC  has  also  investigated  other  complaints  from  the  public  that  some 
of our stations broadcast indecent programming.  These investigations remain pending.  

In connection with an administrative hearing, in early February we voluntarily cancelled one radio station 

license to facilitate certain regulatory approvals that are needed for the Merger.   

Performance Fees 

We  incur  fees  from  performing  rights  organizations  (“PRO”)  to  license  our  public  performance  of  the 
musical  works  contained  in  each  PRO’s  repertory.    The  Radio  Music  Licensing  Committee,  of  which  we  are  a 
represented participant, (1) entered into an industry-wide settlement with American Society of Composers, Authors 
and Publishers that was effective January 1, 2017 for a five-year term; (2) is currently seeking reasonable industry-
wide fees from  Broadcast Music, Inc.  effective  January  1,  2017; (3)  is  currently  subject  to arbitration  proceedings 
with  the  Society  of  European  Stage  Authors  and  Composers  to  determine  fair  and  reasonable  fees  that  would  be 
retroactive to January 1, 2016; and (4) filed in November 2016 a motion in the U.S. District Court in Pennsylvania 
against Global Music Rights (“GMR”) arguing that GMR is a monopoly demanding monopoly prices and asking the 
Court to subject GMR to an antitrust consent decree.  In January 2017, we obtained an interim license from GMR for 
fees  effective  January  1,  2017  to  avoid  any  infringement  claims  by  GMR  for  using  GMR’s  repertory  without  a 
license.   

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE 

Not applicable. 

PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS 

AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

Market Information For Our Common Stock 

Our Class A common stock, $0.01 par value, is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol 
“ETM.” The table below shows, for the quarters indicated, the reported high and low trading prices of our Class A 
common stock on the New York Stock Exchange.  

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Calendar Year 2016 

Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 

Calendar Year 2015 

Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 

Price Range 

High 

Low 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

16.45  
14.94  
13.93  
12.09  

12.45  
11.99  
13.33  
13.09  

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

12.45
12.65
10.39
8.88

9.75
9.62
11.00
11.16

There is no established trading market for our Class B common stock, $0.01 par value. 

Holders 

As  of  February  15,  2017,  there  were  approximately  243  shareholders  of  record  of  our  Class  A  common 
stock. Based upon available information, we believe we have approximately 2,726 beneficial owners of our Class A 
common  stock.    There  are  four  shareholders  of  record  of  our  Class  B  common  stock,  $0.01  par  value,  and  no 
shareholders  of  record  of  our  Class  C  common  stock,  $0.01  par  value.      There  is  one  holder  of  our  perpetual 
cumulative convertible preferred stock. 

Dividends 

Effective  with  the  second  quarter  of  2016,  our  Board  of  Directors  commenced  an  annual  common  stock 
dividend program of $0.30 per share, with payments that approximate $2.9 million per quarter. Any future dividends 
will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors based upon the relevant factors at the time of such consideration, 
including, without limitation, compliance with the restrictions set forth in our Credit Facility and our Preferred.   

A quarterly dividend on our Preferred of $0.4 million was paid in October 2015 and each of the subsequent 

three quarters.  A quarterly dividend on our Preferred of $0.6 million was paid in October 2016 and January 2017.   

For  a  summary  of  these  restrictions  on  our  ability  to  pay  dividends,  see  Liquidity  under  Part  II,  Item  7, 
“Management’s  Discussion  And  Analysis  Of  Financial  Condition  And  Results  Of  Operations,”  and  Note  8  in  the 
accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchases Of Our Stock 

The following table provides information on our repurchases during the quarter ended December 31, 2016:  

Period (1) 
October 1, 2016 - October 31, 2016  
November 1, 2016 - November 30, 2016 
December 1, 2016 - December 31, 2016 

Total 

Total 
Number 
Of 
Shares 

Purchased 

973   $
1,215   $
2,101   $

4,289    

Average 
Price 
Paid Per 

Share 
 14.00  
 13.17  
 15.60  

Total 
Number  
  Of Shares 
Purchased 
  As Part Of 

Publicly 
  Announced     
Plans Or 

    Maximum 
    Approximate 

Dollar 
Value Of 
Shares That 
    May Yet Be 
Purchased 
Under The 
Plans Or 

Programs 
 -  
 -  
 -  

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

Programs 
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  

(1) 

We withheld shares upon the vesting of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) in order to satisfy employees’ tax 
obligations.  As a result, we are deemed to have purchased: (1) 973 shares at an average price of $14.00 per 
share  in  October  2016;  (2)  1,215  shares  at  an  average  price  of  $13.17  in  November  2016;  and  (3)  2,101 
shares at an average price of $15.60 per share in December 2016.  

On July 16, 2015, we issued 11 shares of Series A Preferred Stock in connection with an acquisition.  Each 
share of preferred stock had an initial conversion price of $14.35 (subject to typical anti-dilution adjustments, such as 
for  common  stock  dividends)  and  a  liquidation  preference  of  $2,500,000  per  share.    We  previously  provided  the 
information required by Item 702 of Regulation S-K in a Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 17, 
2015.  

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The  following  table  sets  forth,  as  of  December  31,  2016,  the  number  of  securities  outstanding  upon  the 
exercise  of  outstanding  options  under  our  equity  compensation  plan,  the  weighted  average  exercise  price  of  such 
securities and the number of securities available for grant under these plans: 

Equity Compensation Plan Information as of December 31, 2016 
(b) 

(a) 

Number Of 
Shares To Be 
Issued Upon 
Exercise Of  
Outstanding  
Options, 
Warrants 
And Rights 

  Weighted  

Average 
Exercise 
Price Of 

  Outstanding 

Options, 
Warrants 
And Rights 

(c ) 
Number Of  
Securities 
Remaining 
Available For 
Future Issuance 
Under Equity  
Compensation 
Plans (Excluding 
 Column (a)) 

Plan Category 

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Shareholders: 
    Entercom Equity Compensation Plan (1) 

329,562   $ 

1.91  

1,410,351

Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Shareholders: 
     None  

-    

-  

 -  

Total 

(1) 

329,562    

1,410,351

On January 1 of each year, the number of shares of Class A common stock authorized under the Entercom 
Equity Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is automatically increased by 1.5 million, or a lesser number as may 
be  determined  by  our  Board  of  Directors.  The  Board  of  Directors  again  elected  to  forego  the  January  1, 
2017 increase. As of December 31, 2016: (i) the maximum number of shares authorized under the Plan was 
10.3 million shares; and (ii) 1.4 million shares remain available for future grant under the Plan. 

For a description of the Entercom Equity Compensation Plan refer to Note 13, Share-Based Compensation, 

in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.   

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
   
  
    
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Graph 

The  following  Comparative  Stock  Performance  Graph  shall  not  be  deemed  incorporated  by  reference  by 
any general statement incorporating by reference this Form 10-K into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as 
amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate 
this information by reference.  This Comparative Stock Performance Graph is being furnished with this Form 10-K 
and shall not otherwise be deemed filed under such acts. 

The following line graph compares the cumulative 5-year total return provided to shareholders of our Class 
A  common  stock  relative  to  the  cumulative  total  returns  of:  (i)  the  S&P  500  index;  and  (ii)  a  peer  group  index 
consisting of Cumulus Media Inc., Emmis Communications Corp., Radio One, Inc. and Beasley Broadcast Group, 
Inc.  An  investment  of  $100  (with  reinvestment  of  all  dividends)  is  assumed  to  have  been  made  on  December  31, 
2011.    

Cumulative Five-Year Return Index Of A $100 Investment 

Entercom Communications Corp. 

S&P 500 

Peer Group 

100.00

100.00

100.00

113.50

116.00

91.99

170.89

153.58

254.56

197.72 

174.60 

139.61 

182.60 

177.01 

23.91 

252.95

198.18

27.42

12/11

12/12

12/13

12/14 

12/15 

12/16

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The selected financial data below, as of and for 2016 and the four prior years, were derived from our audited 
consolidated  financial  statements.  The  selected  financial  data  for  2016,  2015  and  2014  and  balance  sheets  as  of 
December 31, 2016 and 2015 are qualified by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, the corresponding 
audited  consolidated  financial  statements,  and  the  notes  thereto,  and  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere in this annual report. The selected financial data 
for  2013  and  2012  and  the  balance  sheets  as  of  December  31,  2014,  2013  and  2012  are  derived  from  financial 
statements not included herein.  

Our  financial  results  are  not  comparable  from  year  to  year  due  to  acquisitions  and  dispositions  of  radio 
stations,  impairments  of  broadcasting  licenses  and  goodwill,  adoption  of  new  accounting  standards,  and  other 
significant events: 

 

 

In November 2016, we commenced operations under a time brokerage agreement (“TBA”) for several 
radio stations in Charlotte, North Carolina.   

In  November  2016,  we  refinanced  our  outstanding  senior  credit  facility  and  retired  our  Senior  Notes 
outstanding.    As  a  result  of  the  refinancing,  we  recognized  a  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt  of 
approximately $10.9 million.   

  During  2016,  we  sold  an  AM  station  in  Denver,  Colorado,  for  $3.8  million  and  an  AM  station  in 
Atlanta, Georgia for $0.9 million.  These two sales generated gains of $0.3 million, and $0.2 million, 
respectively.  

  During 2016, we settled a legal claim with British Petroleum and recovered $2.3 million on a net basis 
after deducting certain related expenses.  This amount was included in other income and expense. 

 

 

 

 

In 2015, we acquired multiple radio stations, net of certain dispositions.  Related to these transactions, 
we incurred: (1) merger and acquisition costs of $4.0 million in 2015 and $1.0 million in 2014; and (2) 
restructuring charges of $2.8 million in 2015 from the restructuring of operations;  

In 2012 we acquired one radio station;   

In 2012,  we  incurred  an  impairment  loss  of  $22.3  million  in connection with our  review  of goodwill 
and broadcasting licenses;  

In the fourth quarters of 2012 and 2013, we modified our debt which decreased our borrowing rate.  In 
addition, we incurred new deferred financing fees as part of the modifications that were higher than the 
previous deferred financing fees.  

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 
(amounts in thousands, except per share data) 

2016 

Years Ended December 31, 
2014 

2015 

2013 

2012 

Operating Data: 
Net revenues 
Operating  (income) expenses: 
     Station operating expenses, including non-cash compensation expense 
     Depreciation and amortization 
     Corporate G & A expenses, including non-cash compensation expense 
     Impairment loss 
     Merger and acquisition costs and restructuring charges 
     Other expenses related to financing 
     Net time brokerage agreement fees (income) 
     Net (gain) loss on sale of assets 
          Total operating  expenses 
Operating income (loss) 
Other (income) expense: 
     Net interest expense 
     Other income 
     (Gain) loss on early extinguishment of debt 
     Net loss on investments 
     Net (gain) loss on derivative instruments 
          Total other expense 
Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit) 
     Income taxes (benefit) 
Net income (loss) attributable to Company 
     Preferred stock dividend 
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders 

$ 

460,245   $ 

411,378   $ 

379,789   $ 

377,618   $ 

388,924

287,711  
8,419  
26,479  
-  
6,836  
-  
(1,285) 
(2,364) 
325,796  
85,582  

37,961  
-  
-  
-  
-  
37,961  
47,621  
18,437  
29,184  
752  
28,432   $ 

259,184  
7,794  
26,572  
-  
1,042  
-  
-  
(379) 
294,213  
85,576  

252,596  
8,545  
24,381  
850  
-  
-  
-  
(1,321) 
285,051  
92,567  

38,821  
-  
-  
21  
-  
38,842  
46,734  
19,911  
26,823  
-  
26,823   $ 

44,232  
(165) 
-  
-  
-  
44,067  
48,500  
22,476  
26,024  
-  
26,024   $ 

252,934
10,839
25,874
22,307
-
-
238
138
312,330
76,594

53,446
(118)
747
123
(1,346)
52,852
23,742
12,474
11,268
-
11,268

318,744  
9,793  
33,328  
254  
708  
565  
417  
(1,621) 
362,188  
98,057  

36,639  
(2,299) 
10,858  
-  
-  
45,198  
52,859  
14,794  
38,065  
1,901  

$ 

36,164   $ 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Data (continued): 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 
(amounts in thousands, except per share data) 

2016 

Years Ended December 31, 
2014 

2015 

2013 

Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders per share - basic: 
$ 
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders per share - diluted: $

0.94   $ 
$
0.91

0.75   $ 
$
0.73

0.71   $ 
$
0.69

0.70   $ 
$
0.68

Weighted average shares - basic 
Weighted average shares - diluted 

38,500  
39,568

38,084  
39,038

37,763  
38,664

37,418  
38,301

2012 

0.31
0.30

36,906
37,810

Cash Flows Data: 
Cash flows related to: 
     Operating activities 
     Investing activities 
     Financing activities 
Other Data: 
Common stock dividends declared and paid 
Cash dividends declared per common share 
Perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock dividends declared and 
paid 

$ 
$
$

$ 
$

$ 

72,030   $ 
$
495
$
(34,851)

64,790   $ 
$
(91,744)
$
4,583

65,296   $ 
$
(7,055)
$
(38,932)

63,349   $ 
$
(4,583)
$
(55,458)

69,702
(29,359)
(35,045)

8,666   $ 
$
0.225

-   $ 
$
-

1,788   $ 

413   $ 

-   $ 
$
-

-   $ 

-   $ 
$
-

-   $ 

-
-

-

2016 

2015 

 December 31, 
2014 

2013 

2012 

Balance Sheet Data:  
Cash and cash equivalents - including cash of VIE 
Total assets 
Senior secured debt and other, including current portion 
Senior unsecured notes, senior subordinated notes and other 
Deferred tax liabilities and other long-term liabilities 
Perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock (mezzanine) 
Total shareholders' equity 

$ 

46,843   $ 

9,169   $ 

1,076,233  
480,087  
-  
119,759  
27,732  
393,374  

1,022,108  
268,750  
218,269  
109,251  
27,619  
361,450  

31,540   $ 
926,615  
262,000  
217,929  
89,904  
-  
329,021  

12,231   $ 
912,688  
299,500  
217,624  
70,519  
-  
298,393  

8,923
920,358
352,592
229,959
41,455
-
269,494

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7. 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 

Overview 

  We are the fourth-largest radio broadcasting company in the United States with a portfolio of radio stations 

in 28 top markets across the country.    

On February 2, 2017, we and Merger Sub entered into the CBS Radio Merger Agreement with CBS and CBS 
Radio, pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into CBS Radio with CBS Radio surviving as our wholly-
owned subsidiary.  The Merger is expected to be tax free to CBS and its shareholders, and will be effected through a 
stock for stock Reverse Morris Trust transaction.  The Merger will make us a leading local media and entertainment 
company with a nationwide footprint of stations including positions in all of the top 10 markets and 23 of the top 25 
markets.    The  transactions  contemplated  by  the  CBS  Radio  Merger  Agreement  are  subject  to  approval  by  our 
shareholders and customary regulatory approvals.  Such approvals will require the divestiture of stations in certain 
markets due to FCC ownership limitations.  This transaction is expected to close during the second half of 2017. 

Our  results  are  based  upon  the  aggregate  performance  of  our  radio  stations.    The  following  are  some  of  the 
factors that impact a radio station’s performance at any given time: (i) audience ratings; (ii) program content; (iii) 
management talent and expertise; (iv) sales talent and expertise; (v) audience characteristics; (vi) signal strength; and 
(vii) the number and characteristics of other radio stations and other advertising media in the market area.   

As  opportunities  arise,  we  may,  on  a  selective  basis,  change  or  modify  a  station’s  format  due  to  changes  in 
listeners’ tastes or changes in a competitor’s format. This could have an initial negative impact on a station’s ratings 
and/or revenues, and there are no guarantees that the modification or change will be beneficial at some future time. 
Our management is continually focused on these opportunities as well as the associated risks and uncertainties. We 
strive to develop compelling content and strong brand images to maximize audience ratings that are crucial to our 
stations’ financial success. 

A  radio  broadcasting  company  derives  its  revenues  primarily  from  the  sale  of  broadcasting  time  to  local, 
regional and national advertisers and national network advertisers who purchase spot commercials in varying lengths.  
A growing source of revenue is from station-related digital platforms, which allow for enhanced audience interaction 
and  participation,  and  integrated  local  digital  marketing  solutions  and  station  events.  A  station’s  local  sales  staff 
generates  the  majority  of  its  local  and  regional  advertising  sales  through  direct  solicitations  of  local  advertising 
agencies and businesses. We retain a national representation firm to sell to advertisers outside of our local markets.  

In  the  radio  broadcasting  industry,  seasonal  revenue  fluctuations  are  common  and  are  due  primarily  to 
variations  in  advertising  expenditures  by  local  and  national  advertisers.  Typically,  revenues  are  lowest  in  the  first 
calendar quarter of the year.  

In 2016, we generated the majority of our net revenues from local advertising, which is sold primarily by each 
individual local radio station’s sales staff, and the next largest amount from national advertising, which is sold by an 
independent advertising sales representative. This includes, but is not limited to, the sale of advertising during audio 
streaming of our radio stations over the Internet and the sale of advertising on our stations’ websites. We generated 
the  balance  of  our  2016  revenues  principally  from  network  compensation,  non-spot  revenue,  event  marketing,  e-
commerce and integrated local digital marketing solutions. 

The  majority  of  our  revenue  is  recorded  on  a  net  basis,  which  is  gross  revenue  less  advertising  agency 
commissions.  Revenues  from  digital  marketing  solutions  and  e-commerce  are  reflected  on  a  net  basis  when 
appropriate.  Revenues from event marketing are reflected on a net basis when we are not the primary party hosting 
the event. The revenues are determined by the advertising rates charged and the number of advertisements broadcast. 
We maximize our revenues by managing the inventory of advertising spots available for broadcast, which can vary 
throughout the day but is consistent over time.  

Our  most  significant  station  operating  expenses  are  employee  compensation,  programming  and  promotional 
expenses,  and  audience  measurement  services.  Other  significant  expenses  that  impact  our  profitability  are  interest 
and depreciation and amortization expense. 

You  should  read  the  following  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  in  conjunction 
with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report. The following results 
of operations include a discussion of 2016 as compared to the prior year and a discussion of 2015 as compared to the 
prior year.   

21 

 
 
 
 
 
Results Of Operations 

The year 2016 as compared to the year 2015 

The following significant factors affected our results of operations for 2016 as compared to the prior year:  

Business Combinations 

On November 1, 2016, we commenced operations of three radio stations in Charlotte, North Carolina under 
a  TBA  with  a  trust,  which  increased our  net  revenues,  station  operating expenses  and TBA  expense.    These  radio 
stations were placed in trust by Beasley Broadcast Group, Inc. (“Beasley”).  

In the third quarter of 2016, we recorded merger and acquisition costs of $0.7 million. 

On July 16, 2015, we acquired the stock of Lincoln Financial Media Company (“Lincoln”) for $77.5 million 
in cash and $27.5 million in newly issued Preferred. Lincoln indirectly held the assets and liabilities of radio stations 
serving the Atlanta, Denver, Miami and San Diego markets (the “Lincoln Acquisition”).   

On  November  24,  2015,  we  completed  a  transaction  with  Bonneville  International  Corporation 
(“Bonneville”)  to  exchange  certain  radio  stations  in  Denver  for  a  radio  station  in  Los  Angeles,  California  (the 
“Bonneville  Exchange”)  plus  additional  consideration.    Pursuant  to  a  TBA,  on  July  17,  2015,  we  commenced 
operations  of  a  radio  station  in  Los  Angeles.  That  same  day,  Bonneville  commenced  operations  of  certain  of  our 
Denver radio stations.   

On a combined basis, the 2015 transactions resulted in an increase in 2016 to our net revenues and station 
operating expenses, depreciation and amortization expense and interest expense and a decrease in 2016 to our TBA 
income.  In addition, we recognized a gain of $1.5 million in 2015 on the disposition of a radio station. 

We  incurred  merger  and  acquisition  costs  of  $4.0  million  in  2015  primarily  related  to  the  Lincoln 

Acquisition and the Bonneville Exchange.   

We  incurred  restructuring  charges  of  $2.8  million  in  2015  primarily  as  a  result  of  the  restructuring  of 
operations  for  the  Lincoln  Acquisition.  These  costs  included  a  workforce  reduction  charge,  the  recognition  of 
duplicative contractual obligations and the abandonment of excess studio space in one of the acquired markets. 

Other 

On November 1, 2016, we entered into a $540 million Credit Facility and used the proceeds to: (1) refinance 
our outstanding senior credit facility (the “Former Credit Facility”) that was comprised of: (a) a term loan component 
(“Former Term B Loan”) with $223.0 million outstanding at the date of the refinancing; and (b) a revolving credit 
facility (the “Former Revolver”) with $3.0 million outstanding at the date of the refinancing; (2) fund the redemption 
of the $220.0 million 10.5% Senior Notes due December 1, 2019 (the “Senior Notes”) and discharge the indenture 
(the “Indenture”) governing the Senior Notes that is effective December 1, 2016; (3) fund $11.6 million of accrued 
interest  and  a  call  premium  of $5.8  million  on  the  Senior  Notes;  and  (4) pay  transaction  costs  associated  with  the 
refinancing. 

As  a  result  of  the  refinancing  activity  described  above,  we  recorded  a  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt  of 
$10.9 million, related refinancing expenses of $0.6 million, and new deferred financing costs of $8.0 million.   The 
loss on extinguishment of debt was included in other income. 

During  the  third  quarter  of  2016,  we  settled  a  legal  claim  with  British  Petroleum  as  a  result  of  their 
Deepwater Horizon Oil Spill in the Gulf of Mexico that occurred in 2010 and recovered $2.3 million on a net basis 
after deducting certain related expenses.  The claim was a result of lost business due to the oil spill.  This amount was 
included in other income and expense.   

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2016 

2015 

  % Change

(dollars in millions) 

NET REVENUES 

$

460.2 

$

411.4 

12% 

OPERATING EXPENSE: 
   Station operating expenses 
   Depreciation and amortization expense 
   Corporate general and administrative expenses 
   Impairment loss 
   Merger and acquisition costs and restructuring charges 
   Other expenses related to financing 
   Other operating (income) expenses 
   Total operating expense  
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) 
NET INTEREST EXPENSE 
OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT)   

INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT) 
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY  
   Preferred stock dividend 
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON 
SHAREHOLDERS 

Net Revenues 

318.7 
9.8 
33.3 
0.3 
0.7 
0.6 
(1.2)
362.2 
98.0 
36.6 
8.6 

52.8 

14.8 
38.1 
(1.9)

287.7 
8.4 
26.5 
- 
6.8 
- 
(3.6) 
325.8 
85.6 
38.0 
- 

47.6 

18.4 
29.2 
(0.8) 

11% 
17% 
26% 
0% 
(90%)
0% 
67% 
11% 
14% 
(4%)
100% 

11% 

(20%)
30% 
(138%)

$

36.2 

$

28.4 

27% 

Net revenues increased across most of our markets. For our core stations, which exclude the new stations 
acquired/disposed  of  through  the  Lincoln  Acquisition  and  Bonneville  Exchange, net  revenues  were  up  in  the  low-
single digits. Comparing our performance for the new stations to the prior owners’ performance, net revenues were 
up in the high single digits. Net revenues from the new stations together with our core stations contributed to overall 
double digit growth over prior year results.  

Excluding the benefit of the net revenues associated with the new stations, net revenues increased the most 

for our stations located in the Denver and San Francisco markets. 

Excluding the benefit of the net revenues associated with the new stations, net revenues decreased the most 

for our stations located in the New Orleans and Portland markets.    

Station Operating Expenses 

For  our  core  stations,  station  operating  expenses  increased  in  the  low  single  digits.  Comparing  our 
performance for the new stations to the prior owners’ performance, station operating expenses decreased in the mid-
single  digits.    Station  operating  expenses  from  the  new  stations  together  with  our  core  stations  contributed  to  the 
reported  overall  expense  increase  over  prior  year  results,  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  the  variable  expenses 
associated with the increase in net revenues.   

Depreciation And Amortization Expense 

Depreciation and amortization expense increased in 2016 primarily due to the acquisition in 2015 of assets 

included in the Lincoln Acquisition.  

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate General And Administrative Expenses 

Corporate  general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  primarily  due  to  an  increase  in  costs  associated 
with: (1) a $1.0 million bonus incurred in the second quarter in connection with a new employment agreement for 
our  Chief  Executive  Officer;  (2)  an  increase  in  non-cash  equity  compensation  expense  of  $0.9  million;  (3)  an 
increase in deferred compensation expense of $0.7 million as our deferred compensation liability generally tracks the 
movements in the stock market; and (4) investment in corporate marketing capabilities and staff. 

Operating Income 

Operating  income  this  year  benefited  from:  (1)  an  increase  in  net  revenues,  net  of  station  operating 
expenses, to reflect a full year of operations of the Lincoln Acquisition and the Bonneville Exchange as these stations 
were  only  included  in  operations  for  a  portion  of  the  year  in  2015;  (2)  an  increase  in  net  revenues,  net  of  station 
operating expenses and TBA fees, for the commencement of operations in Charlotte, North Carolina of three radio 
stations under a TBA that was effective November 1, 2016; and (3) a net reduction in merger and acquisition costs 
and restructuring charges of $6.1 million.  

Interest Expense 

Net interest expense was down $1.4 million for the year as average outstanding debt upon which interest is 

computed, declined slightly as compared to the prior year.   

There  would  have  been  a  further  decrease  in  interest  expense,  however,  we  incurred  interest  expense  on 
$220  million  in  debt  outstanding  under  both  the  Senior  Notes  and  the  Term  B  Loan  for  the  month  of  November.  
Assuming LIBOR is flat, we expect interest expense to decrease in future periods as a result of the decrease in future 
outstanding  debt  upon  which  interest  is  computed  and  the  elimination  of  our  Senior  Notes  as  a  result  of  the 
refinancing.   

The  weighted  average  variable  interest  rate  as  of  December  31,  2016  and  2015  was  4.5%  and  4.1%, 

respectively. 

Income Before Income Taxes 

The increase was largely attributable to: (1) improved results of operations; (2) a decrease of $6.1 million in 
merger  and  acquisition  costs  and  restructuring  charges;  and (3)  a  $2.3  million  settlement  (net  of  certain  expenses) 
with British Petroleum as a result of the Deepwater Horizon Oil Spill in the Gulf of Mexico.  These increases were 
partially offset by a $10.9 million loss on extinguishment of debt incurred in connection with our refinancing of our 
Credit Facility and redemption of the Senior Notes.   

Income Taxes 

The effective income tax rate was 28.0% for 2016, which was impacted by: (1) discrete income tax benefits 
from the reversal of valuation allowances against net operating losses for certain single member states due to changes 
in future estimated income; (2) the reversal of partial valuation allowances in certain single member states as a result 
of  internal  restructuring;  and  (3)  a  retroactive  decrease  in  deferred  tax  liabilities  associated  with  non-amortizable 
assets  such  as  broadcasting  licenses  and  goodwill.    Our  income  tax  rate  has  been  trending  down  as  expenses  not 
deductible  for  tax  purposes  have  decreased  due  to  the  issuance  to  senior  management  of  a  higher  percentage  of 
awards that were fully deductible for tax purposes.  

The effective income tax rate was 38.7% for 2015, which was impacted by an adjustment for expenses that 
are  not  deductible  for  tax  purposes  and  an  increase  in  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  associated  with  non-amortizable 
assets  such  as  broadcasting  licenses  and  goodwill.    Our  income  tax  rate  had  been  trending  down  as  expenses  not 
deductible for tax purposes decreased due to the issuance to senior management of a higher percentage of awards that 
were  fully  deductible  for  tax  purposes.    Effective  with  the  Lincoln  Acquisition  and  the  Bonneville  Exchange,  the 
estimated annual income tax rate increased due to the impact of acquisitions on our state income apportionments to 
states  with  higher  income  tax  rates.  This  increase  was  offset  by  a  discrete  state  income  tax  credit  due  to  recent 
legislation that allowed for the release of a partial valuation allowance in a certain single member state.   

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
Estimated Income Tax Rate For 2017 

We  estimate  that  our  2017  annual  tax  rate  before  discrete  items,  which  may  fluctuate  from  quarter  to 
quarter,  will  be  about 40%. We  anticipate  that  our rate  in 2017  could be  affected  primarily  by:  (1) changes  in  the 
level of income in any of our taxing jurisdictions; (2) adding facilities through mergers or acquisition in states that on 
average  have  different  income  tax  rates  from  states  in  which  we  currently  operate  and  the  resulting  effect  on 
previously reported temporary differences between the tax and financial reporting bases of our assets and liabilities; 
(3)  the  effect  of  recording  changes  in  our  liabilities  for  uncertain  tax  positions;  (4)  taxes  in  certain  states  that  are 
dependent  on  factors  other  than  taxable  income;  (5)  the  limitations  on  the  deduction  of  cash  and  certain  non-cash 
compensation  expense  for  certain  key  employees;  and  (6)  any  tax  benefit  shortfall  associated  with  share-based 
awards.    Our  annual  effective  tax  rate  may  also  be  materially  impacted  by:  (i)  tax  expense  associated  with  non-
amortizable assets such as broadcasting licenses and goodwill; (ii) regulatory changes in certain states in which we 
operate;  (iii)  changes  in  the  expected  outcome  of  tax  audits;  (iv)  changes  in  the  estimate  of  expenses  that  are  not 
deductible for tax purposes; and (v) changes in the deferred tax valuation allowance. 

In  the  event  we  determine  at  a  future  time  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  we  will  not  realize  our  net 
deferred tax assets, we will increase our deferred tax asset valuation allowance and increase income tax expense in 
the period when we make such a determination.   

Net Deferred Tax Liabilities  

As  of  December  31,  2016  and  2015,  our  total  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  were  $92.9  million  and  $78.2 
million,  respectively.  Our  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  primarily  relate  to  differences between book  and  tax bases of 
certain of our indefinite-lived intangibles (broadcasting licenses and goodwill). Under accounting guidance, we do 
not  amortize  our  indefinite-lived  intangibles  for  financial  statement  purposes,  but  instead  test  them  annually  for 
impairment.  The  amortization  of  our  indefinite-lived  assets  for  tax  purposes  but  not  for  book  purposes  creates 
deferred tax liabilities.  A reversal of deferred tax liabilities may occur when indefinite-lived intangibles: (1) become 
impaired; or (2) are sold, which would typically only occur in connection with the sale of the assets of a station or 
groups of stations or the entire company in a taxable transaction.  Due to the amortization for tax purposes and not 
book purposes of our indefinite-lived intangible assets, we expect to continue to generate deferred tax liabilities in 
future periods (without consideration for any impairment loss in future periods).    

Net Income Available To The Company 

The  change  in  net  income  available  to  the  Company  was  primarily  attributable  to  the  reasons  described 

above under Income Before Income Taxes and Income Taxes.   

Results Of Operations 

The year 2015 as compared to the year 2014 

The following significant factors affected our results of operations for 2015 as compared to the prior year:  

Business Combinations 

On  July  16,  2015,  we  closed  on  the  Lincoln  Acquisition  for  $77.5  million  in  cash  and  $27.5  million  in 

newly issued Preferred for radio stations serving the Atlanta, Denver, Miami and San Diego markets.  

Under  the  Bonneville  Exchange,  on  July  17,  2015,  we  commenced  operations  of  a  radio  station  in  Los 
Angeles and that same day, Bonneville commenced operations of certain of our Denver radio stations.  On November 
24, 2015, we completed the Bonneville Exchange. 

On a combined basis, the above transactions resulted in an increase to our net revenues and station operating 
expenses, our TBA income, depreciation and amortization expense and interest expense.  In addition, we recognized 
a gain of $1.5 million on the disposition of a radio station. 

We incurred merger and acquisition costs of $4.0 million in 2015 and $1.0 million in 2014 primarily related 

to the Lincoln Acquisition and the Bonneville Exchange. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  incurred  restructuring  charges  of  $2.8  million  in  2015  primarily  as  a  result  of  the  restructuring  of 
operations  for  the  Lincoln  Acquisition.  These  costs  included  a  workforce  reduction  charge,  the  recognition  of 
duplicative contractual obligations and the abandonment of excess studio space in one of the acquired markets. 

Other 

During  the  third  quarter  of  2014,  we  settled  a  legal  claim  for  $1.0  million.  This  amount  was  included  in 

corporate general and administrative expenses. 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2015 

2014 

  % Change

(dollars in millions) 

NET REVENUES 

$

411.4

$

379.8 

8% 

OPERATING EXPENSE: 
   Station operating expenses 
   Depreciation and amortization expense 
   Corporate general and administrative expenses 
   Merger and acquisition costs and restructuring charges 
   Other operating (income) expenses 
   Total operating expense  
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) 

NET INTEREST EXPENSE 
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT) 

INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT) 
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY   
   Preferred stock dividend 
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON 
SHAREHOLDERS 

Net Revenues 

287.7
8.4
26.5
6.8
(3.6)
325.8
85.6

38.0
47.6

18.4
29.2
(0.8)

$

28.4

$

259.2 
7.8 
25.6 
1.0 
(0.4) 
294.2 
85.6 

38.8 
46.8 

20.0 
26.8 
- 

26.8 

11% 
8% 
4% 
nmf
nmf
11% 
0% 

(2%)
2% 

(8%)
9% 
nmf

6% 

The  increase  in  net  revenues  for  2015  was  primarily  attributable  to  the  net  revenues  from  the  Lincoln 
Acquisition  and  Bonneville  Exchange.  Excluding  the  net  revenues  from  these  new  radio  stations  and  the  divested 
station,  net  revenues  were  up  in  the  low  single  digits.  Also,  the  prior  year  benefited  from  the  influx  of  political 
advertising. 

Excluding the benefit of the net revenues associated with the new stations, net revenues increased the most 
for our stations in the Boston and Kansas City markets, offset by revenue decreases for our stations located in the 
Denver market (includes the impact of a station we exchanged with Bonneville) and the New Orleans market.   

Station Operating Expenses 

The  increase  in  station  operating  expenses  for  2015  was  primarily  attributable  to  the  Lincoln  Acquisition 
and  the  Bonneville  Exchange.    Excluding  the  station  operating  expenses  from  these  new  radio  stations  and  the 
divested station, station operating expenses were up in the low single digits primarily due to a correlating increase in 
the variable expenses associated with the increase in net revenues which was also in the low single digits. Station 
operating expenses also increased for 2015 due to the continuing investment and development within our markets of 
digital product offerings. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation And Amortization Expense 

Depreciation and amortization expense increased in 2015 primarily due to the acquisition of assets included 

in the Lincoln Acquisition. 

Corporate General And Administrative Expenses 

Corporate general and administrative expenses were essentially flat for 2015.  

Operating Income 

Operating income was essentially flat for 2015.  Operating income in 2015 benefited from: (1) an increase 
in net revenues, net of station operating expenses, of $3.1 million, that included the operation of the new stations and 
the disposition of one station; and (2) an increase in gains on the sale or disposal of assets of $2.0 million primarily 
related to the one station that was disposed to Bonneville. This increase was offset primarily due to an increase in 
2015  of  merger  and  acquisition  costs  and  restructuring  charges  of  $5.8  million  related  to  the  acquisition  and 
integration of the new stations.    

Interest Expense 

The  decrease  in  interest  expense  for  2015  was  primarily  due  to  the  lower  outstanding  debt  upon  which 
interest is computed for at least half of the year, offset by the increase in interest expense on the borrowing of $42.0 
million under the revolving credit facility needed to partially fund closing on the Lincoln Acquisition as our variable 
interest rates remained flat for most of the year.  

The  weighted  average  variable  interest  rate  as  of  December  31,  2015  and  2014  was  4.1%  and  4.0%, 

respectively. 

Income Before Income Taxes 

The increase for 2015 was largely attributable to the $0.9 million decrease in interest expense as operating 

income was essentially flat.  

Income Taxes 

The effective income tax rate was 38.7% for 2015, which was impacted by an adjustment for expenses that 
are  not  deductible  for  tax  purposes  and  an  increase  in  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  associated  with  non-amortizable 
assets  such  as  broadcasting  licenses  and  goodwill.    Our  income  tax  rate  has  been  trending  down  as  expenses  not 
deductible  for  tax  purposes  have  decreased  due  to  the  issuance  to  senior  management  of  a  higher  percentage  of 
awards  that  were  fully  deductible  for  tax  purposes.    Effective  with  the  Lincoln  Acquisition  and  the  Bonneville 
Exchange,  the  estimated  annual  income  tax  rate  increased  due  to  the  impact  of  acquisitions  on  our  state  income 
apportionments to states with higher income tax rates. This increase was offset by a discrete state income tax credit 
due to recent legislation that allowed for the release of a partial valuation allowance in a certain single member state.   

The effective income tax rate was 42.6% for 2014, which was higher than expected due to an adjustment for 
expenses  that  are  not  deductible  for  tax  purposes  and  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  associated  with  non-amortizable 
assets  such  as  broadcasting  licenses  and  goodwill.    During  this  period,  we  received  a  discrete  tax  benefit  from 
legislatively reduced income tax rates in certain states. 

Net Income Available To The Company 

The net change in net income available to us for 2015, was primarily attributable to the reasons described 

above under Income Before Income Taxes and Income Taxes.   

Future Impairments 

We may determine that it will be necessary to take impairment charges in future periods if we determine the 
carrying value of our intangible assets is more than the fair value. Our annual impairment test of our broadcasting 
licenses and goodwill was performed in the second quarter of 2016. We may be required to retest prior to our next 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
annual evaluation, which could result in an impairment.  As of December 31, 2016, no interim impairment test was 
required for our broadcasting licenses and goodwill. 

Liquidity And Capital Resources 

Liquidity 

On November 1, 2016, we entered into a $540 million Credit Facility with a syndicate of lenders and used 
the proceeds to: (1) refinance the Former Credit Facility; (2) fund the redemption of our Senior Notes; (3) fund $11.6 
million  of  accrued  interest  and  a  call  premium  of  $5.8  million  on  the  Senior  Notes;  and  (4)  pay  transaction  costs 
associated with the refinancing. 

The  Credit  Facility  is  comprised  of  a  $60  million  Revolver  and  a  $480  million  Term  B  Loan.  As  of 
December  31,  2016,  we  had  $480.0  million  outstanding  under  the  Term  B  Loan  component  and  no  amount  was 
outstanding under the Revolver component. In addition, we had $0.7 million in outstanding letters of credit.  As of 
December 31, 2016, we had $46.8 million in cash and cash equivalents.   

Over the past several years, we have used a significant portion of our cash flow to reduce our indebtedness.  
Generally, our cash requirements are funded from one or a combination of internally generated cash flow, cash on 
hand and borrowings under our Revolver.  As of December 31, 2016, we have sufficient cash balances to complete 
the  Beasley  acquisition  without  borrowing  under  the  Revolver.    For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  we 
decreased our outstanding net debt by $8.7 million.  

We may also use our capital resources to repurchase shares of our Class A common stock, to pay dividends 
to  our  shareholders,  and  to  make  acquisitions.  We  may  from  time  to  time  seek  to  repurchase  and  retire  our 
outstanding debt through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases, if 
any,  will  depend  on  prevailing  market  conditions,  our  liquidity  requirements,  contractual  restrictions  and  other 
factors. The amounts involved may be material.  We could also use our capital resources to repurchase the Preferred 
from time to time.   

The Refinancing 

The Credit Facility 

On  November  1,  2016,  we  and  our  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Radio,  entered  into  a  $540  million  Credit 
Facility  with  a  syndicate  of  lenders  and  used  the  proceeds  to:  (1)  refinance  our  Former  Credit  Facility  that  was 
comprised of: (a) a Former Term B Loan with $223.0 million outstanding at the date of the refinancing; and (b) a 
Former  Revolver  with  $3.0  million  outstanding  at  the  date  of  the  refinancing;  (2)  fund  the  redemption  effective 
December  1,  2016  of  the  Senior  Notes  and  discharged  the  Indenture  governing  the  Senior  Notes;  (3)  fund  $11.6 
million  of  accrued  interest  and  a  call  premium  of  $5.8  million  on  the  Senior  Notes;  and  (4)  pay  transaction  costs 
associated with the refinancing.  In the fourth quarter of 2016, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $10.9 
million related to the refinancing.  We recorded new deferred financing costs of $8.0 million and incurred third party 
costs of $0.6 million as a result of the refinancing activities. 

The $60 million Revolver has a maturity date of November 1, 2021 and provides for interest based upon the 
prime  rate  or  the  LIBOR  rate  plus  a  margin.    The  margin  may  increase  or  decrease  based  upon  our  Consolidated 
Leverage Ratio as defined in the agreement.  The initial margin is at LIBOR plus 3.5% or the prime rate plus 2.5%. 
In addition, the Revolver requires the payment of a commitment fee of 0.5% per annum for the unused amount.  

The $480 million Term B Loan has a maturity date of November 1, 2023 and provides for interest based 
upon the Base Rate or LIBOR, plus a margin.  The initial rate is at LIBOR plus 3.5%, with a LIBOR floor of 1.0%, 
or the Base Rate plus 2.5%. The Base Rate is the highest of: (a) the administrative agent’s prime rate; (b) the Federal 
Funds Rate plus 0.5%; or (c) the LIBOR Rate plus 1.0%. The facility amortizes: (1) with equal quarterly installments 
of principal in annual amounts equal to 1.0% of the original principal amount of the Term B Loan; and (2) mandatory 
yearly prepayments based upon a percentage of Excess Cash Flow as defined in the loan agreement. The first such 
Excess Cash Flow payment, if any, will be due in the first quarter of 2018. Any remaining principal and interest is 
due at maturity.  

We  expect  to  use  the  Revolver  to:  (1)  provide  for  working  capital;  and  (2)  provide  for  general  corporate 
purposes, including capital expenditures and any or all of the following (subject to certain restrictions): repurchases 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of  Class  A  common  stock,  repurchases  of  preferred  stock,  dividends,  investments  and  acquisitions.  The  Credit 
Facility  is  secured  by  a  pledge  of  100%  of  the  capital  stock  and  other  equity  interest  in  all  of  our  wholly  owned 
subsidiaries.  In  addition,  the  Credit  Facility  is  secured  by  a  lien  on  substantially  all  of  our  assets  with  limited 
exclusions  (including  our  real  property).  Our  parent,  Entercom  Communications  Corp.,  and  all  of  our  subsidiaries 
jointly and severally guaranteed the Credit Facility. The assets securing the Credit Facility are subject to customary 
release  provisions  which  would  enable  us  to  sell  such  assets  free  and  clear  of  encumbrance,  subject  to  certain 
conditions and exceptions.  

The Credit Facility has usual and customary covenants including, but not limited to, consolidated leverage 
ratios,  consolidated  interest  coverage  ratios,  limitations  on  acquisitions,  stock  repurchases,  additional  borrowings, 
and  dividends.    Specifically,  the  Credit  Facility  requires  us  to  comply  with  certain  financial  covenants  which  are 
defined terms within the agreement, including:  

 

a  maximum  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  that  cannot  exceed  5.0  times  through  December  31, 
2017, which decreases over time to 4.5 times as of September 30, 2018 and thereafter; and 

 

a minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of 2.0 times. 

As  of  December  31,  2016,  our  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  was  3.7  times  and  our  Consolidated  Interest 

Coverage Ratio was 5.1 times.  

As of December 31, 2016, we were in compliance with all financial covenants then applicable and all other 
terms of the Credit Facility in all material respects.  Our ability to maintain compliance with our covenants under the 
Credit Facility is highly dependent on our results of operations. Management believes that over the next 12 months 
we can continue to maintain compliance. Our operating cash flow remains positive, and we believe that it is adequate 
to fund our operating needs.  We believe that cash on hand and cash from operating activities will be sufficient to 
permit us to meet our liquidity requirements over the next 12 months, including our debt repayments. 

Failure  to  comply  with  our  financial  covenants  or  other  terms  of  our  Credit  Facility  and  any  subsequent 
failure to negotiate and obtain any required relief from our lenders could result in a default under the Credit Facility. 
Any event of default could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. The acceleration of 
our debt could have a material adverse effect on our business. We may seek from time to time to amend our Credit 
Facility or obtain other funding or additional funding, which may result in higher interest rates on our debt.  

The Credit Facility is secured by a pledge of 100% of the capital stock and other equity interest in all of our 
wholly owned subsidiaries. In addition, the Credit Facility is secured by a lien on substantially all of our assets, with 
limited  exclusions  (including  our  real  property).    The  assets  securing  the  Credit  Facility  are  subject  to  customary 
release  provisions  which  would  enable  us  to  sell  such  assets  free  and  clear  of  encumbrance,  subject  to  certain 
conditions and exceptions.  

The Former Credit Facility 

On November 23, 2011, we entered into the Former Credit Facility with a syndicate of lenders for a $425 
million Credit Facility, which was initially comprised of: (a) the $50 million Former Revolver that was set to mature 
on November 23, 2016; and (b) the $375 million Former Term B Loan that was set to mature on November 23, 2018.  

The  Former  Term  B  Loan  required  mandatory  prepayments  equal  to  a  percentage  of  Excess  Cash  Flow, 
which was defined within the agreement and was subject to incremental step-downs depending on the consolidated 
Leverage Ratio.  

In December 2015, we reduced the total Former Revolver capacity from $50 million to $40 million.  

Senior Notes 

In connection with the refinancing described above, on November 1, 2016, we issued a call notice to redeem 
our Senior Notes with an effective date of December 1, 2016.  We incurred interest in November 2016 on both the 
Senior Notes and the Credit Facility as we placed funds in escrow from November 1, 2016 until the redemption date.  
On November 1, 2016, we deposited the following funds in escrow to satisfy our obligations under the Senior Notes 
and  discharge  the  Indenture  governing  the  Senior  Notes:  (1)  $220  million  to  redeem  the  Senior  Notes  in  full;  (2) 
$11.6 million for accrued and unpaid interest through December 1, 2016; and (3) $5.8 million for a call premium for 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the  early  retirement  of  the  Senior  notes.    As  a  result  of  the  refinancing,  we  recorded  a  $10.1  million  loss  on 
extinguishment of debt that included the call premium, unamortized deferred financing expense and the original issue 
discount.     

As  background,  simultaneously  with  entering  into  the  Former  Credit  Facility  on  November  23,  2011,  we 
issued the Senior Notes in the amount of $220.0 million.  Interest on the Senior Notes was payable semi-annually in 
arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year. 

In  addition  to  the  parent,  Entercom  Communications  Corp.,  all  of  our  existing  subsidiaries  (other  than 
Radio,  which  is  a  finance  subsidiary  and  was  the  issuer  of  the  Senior  Notes),  jointly  and  severally  guaranteed  the 
Senior Notes.   

Perpetual Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock 

Upon  closing  on  the  Lincoln  Acquisition,  we  issued  $27.5  million  of  Preferred  that  in  the  event  of  a 
liquidation, ranks senior to common stock in our capital structure.  The liquidation preference of the preferred stock 
rank senior to liquidation payments to our common shareholders. The Preferred is convertible by Lincoln into a fixed 
number of shares after a three-year waiting period, subject to customary anti-dilution provisions.  At certain times 
(including the first three years after issuance), we can redeem the Preferred in cash at a price of 100%.  The dividend 
rate on the Preferred increases over time from 6% to 12%. 

Debt Repurchases 

We may from time to time seek to repurchase and retire our outstanding debt through cash purchases, open 
market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise.  Such repurchases, if any, will depend on prevailing 
market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may 
be material.  

Operating Activities 

Net cash flows provided by operating activities were $72.0  million and $64.8 million for 2016 and 2015, 
respectively. The cash flows from operating activities increased primarily due to the increase in net revenues, net of 
station operating expenses, from the Lincoln Acquisition and Bonneville Exchange as the current year benefited from 
a  full  year  of  operating  these  radio  stations.    This  increase  was  offset  by  a  net  increase  in  working  capital 
requirements of $12.1 million primarily related to the increase in operating income. 

Net cash flows provided by operating activities were $64.8  million and $65.3 million for 2015 and 2014, 
respectively. The cash flows from operating activities decreased primarily due to the cash requirements to fund the 
increase of $5.8  million  in  merger  and  acquisitions  costs  and restructuring  charges  associated  primarily  associated 
with  the  Lincoln  Acquisition.    This  decrease  in  cash  flows  from  operating  activities  was  offset  by  a  $3.1  million 
increase  in  operating  income  primarily  due  to  net  revenues,  net  of  station  operating  expenses,  from  the  Lincoln 
Acquisition and Bonneville Exchange.  

Investing Activities 

For 2016, net cash flows provided by investing activities were $0.5 million, which primarily reflected the 
proceeds from the sales of various assets in Kansas City, land in Miami, and the sale of two AM radio stations, which 
were  partially  offset  by  additions  to  property  and  equipment  of  $7.3  million.    For  2015,  net  cash  flows  used  in 
investing activities were $91.7 million, which primarily reflected the purchase of radio station assets of $83.6 million 
(excluding the issuance of the Preferred and cash acquired from Lincoln).  For 2014, net cash flows used in investing 
activities were $7.1 million, which primarily reflected the additions to property and equipment of $8.4 million. 

Financing Activities  

For  2016,  net  cash  flows  used  in  financing  activities  were  $34.9  million,  which  primarily  reflect  the 
proceeds under our Credit Facility, offset by the retirement of our Former Credit Facility and our Senior Notes. For 
2015,  net  cash  flows  provided  by  financing  activities  primarily  reflect  the  use  of  the  Former  Revolver  of  $58.0 
million  of  which  $42.0  million  was  used  to  fund  a  portion  of  the  cash  requirements  necessary  to  complete  the 
Lincoln Acquisition.  This was offset by the reduction of our net borrowings of $51.3 million.  For 2014, the cash 
flows used in financing activities primarily reflected the net repayment of debt of $37.5 million. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Taxes 

During 2016, 2015 and 2014, we paid a nominal amount in income taxes (state income taxes) as we have 
benefited  from  the  tax  deductions  available  on  acquired  assets,  which  are  primarily  intangible  assets  such  as 
broadcasting licenses and goodwill.  For 2016, we estimate that we will have income subject to tax in the mid-single 
digit millions before the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”). In addition, for 2016, we paid $0.2 
million in Alternative Minimum Tax (“AMT”). The AMT is available to be carried forward indefinitely to be used as 
a credit to offset future income tax liabilities. 

For 2017, we anticipate that we will continue to utilize federal and state NOLs to offset income subject to 
tax.  This should significantly reduce our obligation to make quarterly estimated federal and most state income tax 
payments.  Our obligation to pay in quarterly AMT should continue.   

Dividends 

During  the  second  quarter  of  2016,  we  commenced  an  annual  $0.30  per  share  common  stock  dividend 
program, with payments that approximate $2.9 million per quarter. Any future dividends will be at the discretion of 
the  Board  of  Directors  based  upon  the  relevant  factors  at  the  time  of  such  consideration,  including,  without 
limitation, compliance with the restrictions set forth in our Credit Facility. 

A quarterly dividend on our Preferred of $0.4 million was paid in October 2015 and each of the subsequent 

three quarters.  A quarterly dividend on our Preferred of $0.6 million was paid in October 2016 and January 2017. 

See Liquidity under Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And 

Results Of Operations,” and Note 8 in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

Share Repurchase Programs 

We  do  not  currently  have  any  share  repurchase  programs  authorized.  Any  share  repurchase  program  is 
subject to the approval of our Board of Directors.  Such approval would be dependent on many factors, including but 
not limited to, market conditions and restrictions under our Credit Facility. New share repurchase programs could be 
commenced at any time without prior notice.   

Capital Expenditures 

Capital  expenditures  for  2016,  2015  and  2014  were  $7.3  million,  $7.0  million  and  $8.4  million, 
respectively.  We  anticipate  that  capital  expenditures  in  2017  will  be  between  $14.0  million  and  $16.0  million. 
Capital expenditures are anticipated to be significantly higher in 2017 due to the expected relocation, consolidation 
and improvement of studio facilities in several of our larger markets.  These expected expenditures do not consider 
any  cash  we  may  receive  from  the  sale  of  existing  owned  studio  facilities  and  cash  available  from  landlords  for 
tenant improvement allowances. 

Credit Rating Agencies 

On  a  continuing  basis,  Standard  and  Poor’s,  Moody’s  Investor  Services  and  other  rating  agencies  may 
evaluate our debt in order to assign a credit rating. Any significant downgrade in our credit rating could adversely 
impact our future liquidity by limiting or eliminating our ability to obtain debt financing.  

Contractual Obligations  

The following table reflects a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016:    

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Obligations: 

Total 

Payments Due By Period 

Less Than 
 1 Year 

1 To 3 
Years 

3 To 5 
Years 

5 
Years 

  More Than 

  Long-term debt obligations (1) 
  Operating lease obligations (2) 
  Purchase obligations (3) 
  Other long-term liabilities (4) 

$621,148  

$26,335  

$52,030  

$51,156  

$491,627

99,179    

212,556    

119,759    

18,462    

95,549    

837    

29,605    

63,980    

2,692    

19,188    

30,027    

31,924

23,000

2,616    

113,614

Total 

$1,052,642  

$141,183  

$148,307  

$102,987  

$660,165

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

The  total  amount  reflected  in  the  above  table  includes  principal  and  interest.  Our  Credit  Facility 
had outstanding debt in the amount of $480.0 million under our Term B Loan and none outstanding 
under  our  Revolver  as  of  December  31,  2016.  The  maturity  under  our  Credit  Facility  could  be 
accelerated  if  we  do  not  maintain  compliance  with  certain  covenants.  The  principal  maturities 
reflected  exclude  any  impact  from  required  principal  payments  based  upon  our  future  operating 
performance. The above table includes projected interest expense under the remaining term of our 
Credit Facility.  

The  operating  lease  obligations  represent  scheduled  future  minimum  operating  lease  payments 
under  non-cancellable  operating  leases,  including  rent  obligations  under  escalation  clauses.  The 
minimum  lease  payments  do  not  include  common  area  maintenance,  variable  real  estate  taxes 
insurance and other costs for which the Company may be obligated as most of these payments are 
primarily variable rather than fixed. 

We  have  purchase  obligations  of  $186.5  million  including  contracts  primarily  for  on-air 
personalities  and  other  key  personnel,  ratings  services,  sports  programming  rights,  software  and 
equipment  maintenance  and  certain  other  operating  contracts.  In  addition  to  the  above,  we  have 
$26.1 million in liabilities related to: (i) an obligation to purchase four radio stations in Charlotte, 
North  Carolina  for  $24.0  million;  (ii)  construction  obligations  of  $1.4  million;  and  (ii)  our 
obligation related to $0.7 million in letters of credit.  

Included within total other long-term liabilities of $119.8 million are deferred income tax liabilities 
of $92.9 million. It is impractical to determine whether there will be a cash impact to an individual 
year. Therefore, deferred income tax liabilities, together with liabilities for deferred compensation 
and uncertain tax positions (other than the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that are subject to 
the expiration of various statutes of limitation over the next 12 months) are reflected in the above 
table  in  the  column  labeled  as  “More  Than  5  Years.”    See  Note  14,  Income  Taxes,  in  the 
accompanying  notes  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  a  discussion  of  deferred  tax 
liabilities, including liabilities for unrecognized tax positions.  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

As of December 31, 2016 and as of the date this report was filed (other than as described below), we did not 

have any material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, or obligations, including contingent obligations.  

For  the  trust  assets  in  Charlotte,  North  Carolina, operated  by  us during the  period of  the  TBA  and which 
were acquired by us in January 2017, we consolidated the trust’s assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2016 as we 
are the primary beneficiary of the Charlotte Trust.  As the primary beneficiary, we will absorb the majority of the 
profits and losses from the operation of the trust’s assets during the period of the TBA. 

We  do  not  have  any  other  relationships  with  unconsolidated  entities  or  financial  partnerships,  such  as 
entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the 
purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet financial arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes as 

32 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of December 31, 2016. Accordingly, we are not materially exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk 
that could arise if we had engaged in such relationships.   

Market Capitalization 

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, our total equity market capitalization was $622.8 million and $445.6 
million, respectively, which was $229.4 million and $84.1 million higher, respectively, than our book equity value on 
those  dates.  As  of  December  31,  2016  and  2015,  our  stock  price  was  $15.30  per  share  and  $11.23  per  share, 
respectively.  

Intangibles 

As of December 31, 2016, approximately 80% of our total assets consisted of radio broadcast licenses and 
goodwill, the value of which depends significantly upon the operational results of our business. We could not operate 
our radio stations without the related FCC license for each station.  FCC licenses are subject to renewal every eight 
years. Consequently, we continually monitor the activities of our stations to ensure they comply with all regulatory 
requirements.  See  Part  I,  Item  1A,  “Risk  Factors,”  for  a  discussion  of  the  risks  associated  with  the  renewal  of 
licenses.   

Inflation 

Inflation has affected our performance by increasing our radio station operating expenses in terms of higher 
costs  for  wages  and  multi-year  vendor  contracts  with  assumed  inflationary  built-in  escalator  clauses.  The  exact 
effects  of  inflation,  however,  cannot  be  reasonably  determined.    There  can  be  no  assurance  that  a  high  rate  of 
inflation in the future would not have an adverse effect on our profits, especially since our Credit Facility is variable 
rate. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

For  a  discussion  of  recently  issued  accounting  standards,  see  Note  2  in  the  accompanying  consolidated 

financial statements.   

Critical Accounting Policies  

Our  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  are  based  upon  our 
consolidated  financial  statements,  which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted  in  the  United  States.  The  preparation  of  these  financial  statements  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and 
assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and 
liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the 
reporting period. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be 
reasonable  under  the  circumstances,  the  results  of  which  form  the  basis  for  making  judgments  about  the  carrying 
values of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. Actual results may differ from these 
estimates under different circumstances or by using different assumptions.  

We  consider  the  following policies  to  be  important  in understanding  the  judgments  involved  in preparing 
our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  uncertainties  that  could  affect  our  financial  position,  results  of 
operations or cash flows:  

Revenue Recognition 

We generate revenue from the sale to advertisers of various services and products, including but not limited 
to:  (1)  commercial  broadcast  time;  (2)  digital  advertising;  (3)  local  events;  (4)  e-commerce  where  an  advertiser’s 
goods and services are sold through our websites; and (5) integrated digital advertising solutions. 

Revenue from services and products is recognized when delivered. 

Advertiser payments received in advance of when the products or services are delivered are recorded on our 

balance sheet as unearned revenue.  

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Revenues presented in the consolidated financial statements are reflected on a net basis, after the deduction 
of advertising agency fees by the advertising agencies. We also evaluate when it is appropriate to recognize revenue 
based on the gross amount invoiced to the customer or the net amount retained by us if a third party is involved.  

Allowance For Doubtful Accounts 

We  evaluate  our  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  on  an  ongoing  basis.  We  specifically  review  historical 
write-off activity by market, large customer concentrations, customer creditworthiness, the economic conditions of 
the  customer’s  industry,  and  changes  in  our  customer  payment  practices  when  evaluating  the  adequacy  of  the 
allowance for doubtful accounts. Our historical estimates have been a reliable method to estimate future allowances.  

Contingencies And Litigation 

On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our exposure related to contingencies and litigation and record a liability 
when available information indicates that a liability is probable and estimable. We also disclose significant matters 
that may reasonably result in a loss or are probable but not estimable.  

Estimation Of Our Tax Rates  

We must make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement 
purposes. These estimates and judgments must be used in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities because 
of  differences  in  the  timing  of  recognition  of  revenue  and  expense  for  tax  and  financial  statement  purposes.  As 
changes  occur  in  our  assessments  regarding  our  ability  to  recover  our  deferred  tax  assets,  our  tax  provision  is 
increased in any period in which we determine that the recovery is not probable.   

We expect our effective tax rate, before discrete items, changes in the valuation allowance, the tax expense 

associated with non-amortizable assets and impairment losses, to be about 40%.  

In 2016, our tax rate was 28.0%, which was lower than expected due to discrete items for: (1) tax benefits 
associated with legislative changes in certain single member states; and (2) a reduction in our valuation allowances 
against net operating losses in certain single member states as a result of internal restructuring. The income tax rate 
in 2015 of 38.7% was lower due to certain discrete tax benefits and the income tax rate in 2014 of 42.6% was higher 
primarily due to a tax benefit shortfall associated with share-based awards.  

The calculation of our tax liabilities requires us to account for uncertainties in the application of complex 
tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process prescribed within 
the  interpretation  of  accounting  for  uncertain  tax  positions.  The  first  step  is  to  evaluate  the  tax  position  for 
recognition of a tax benefit by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not 
that the position will be sustained on audit based upon its technical merits, including resolution of related appeals or 
litigation processes, if any. The second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount 
that  has  greater  than  a  50%  likelihood  of  being  realized  upon  ultimate  settlement.  It  is  inherently  difficult  and 
subjective to estimate such amounts, as this requires us to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. 
We  evaluate  these  uncertain  tax  positions,  and  review  whether  any  new  uncertain  tax  positions  have  arisen,  on  a 
quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, 
changes  in  tax  law,  effectively  settled  issues  under  audit,  historical  experience  with  similar  tax  matters,  guidance 
from  our  tax  advisors,  and  new  audit  activity.  A  change  in  recognition  or  measurement  would  result  in  the 
recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period in which the change occurs. 

We  believe  our  estimates  of  the  value  of  our  tax  contingencies  and  valuation  allowances  are  critical 
accounting estimates, as they contain assumptions based on past experiences and judgments about potential actions 
by taxing jurisdictions. It is reasonably likely that the ultimate resolution of these matters may be greater or less than 
the amount that we have currently accrued.  The effect of a 1% increase in our estimated tax rate as of December 31, 
2016 would be an increase in income tax expense of $0.5 million and a decrease in net income available to common 
shareholders of $0.5 million (net income available to common shareholders per basic and diluted share of $0.01) for 
2016.   

Radio Broadcasting Licenses And Goodwill  

We have made acquisitions in the past for which a significant amount of the purchase price was allocated to 
broadcasting licenses and goodwill assets. As of December 31, 2016, we have recorded approximately $856 million 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
in radio broadcasting licenses and goodwill, which represents 80% of our total assets at that date. We must conduct 
impairment testing at least annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets 
might be impaired, and charge to operations an impairment expense in the periods in which the recorded value of 
these assets is more than their fair value. Any such impairment could be material. After an impairment expense is 
recognized,  the  recorded  value  of  these  assets  will  be  reduced  by  the  amount  of  the  impairment  expense  and  that 
result  will  be  the  assets'  new  accounting  basis.  Our  most  recent  impairment  loss  to  our  broadcasting  licenses  and 
goodwill was in 2012. 

We believe our estimate of the value of our radio broadcasting licenses and goodwill assets is an important 
accounting  estimate  as  the  value  is  significant  in  relation  to  our  total  assets,  and  our  estimate  of  the  value  uses 
assumptions  that  incorporate  variables  based  on  past  experiences  and  judgments  about  future  performance  of  our 
stations.  

Broadcasting Licenses Impairment Test 

We perform our broadcasting license impairment test by using the direct method at the market level.  Each 
market’s broadcasting licenses are combined into a single unit of accounting for the purpose of testing impairment, 
as  the  broadcasting  licenses  in  each  market  are  operated  as  a  single  asset.    We  determine  the  fair  value  of 
broadcasting  licenses  in  each  of  our  markets  by  relying  on  a  discounted  cash  flow  approach  (a  10-year  income 
model) assuming a start-up scenario in which the only assets held by an investor are broadcasting licenses. Our fair 
value  analysis  contains  assumptions  based  upon  past  experience,  reflects  expectations  of  industry  observers  and 
includes judgments about future performance using industry normalized information for an average station within a 
certain  market.    These  assumptions  include,  but  are  not  limited  to:  (1)  the  discount  rate;  (2)  the  market  share  and 
profit margin of an average station within a market based upon market size and station type; (3) the forecast growth 
rate of each radio market; (4) the estimated capital start-up costs and losses incurred during the early years; (5) the 
likely  media  competition  within  the  market  area;  (6)  the  tax  rate;  and  (7)  future  terminal  values.    Changes  in  our 
estimates of the fair value of these assets could result in material future period write-downs in the carrying value of 
our broadcasting licenses and goodwill assets.   

The methodology used by us in determining our key estimates and assumptions was applied consistently to 
each market.  Of the seven variables identified above, we believe that the assumptions in items (1) through (3) above 
are the most important and sensitive in the determination of fair value. 

We most recently completed our annual impairment test for broadcasting licenses during the second quarter 
of 2016 and determined that the fair value of the broadcasting licenses was more than the carrying value in each of 
our markets and, as a result, we did not record an impairment loss.   

The following table reflects the estimates and assumptions used in the second quarter of 2016 as compared 

to the second quarter of 2015, the date of the most recent prior impairment test: 

Discount rate 
Operating profit margin ranges expected 
  for average stations in the markets 
  where the Company operates 
Long-term revenue growth rate range 
  of the Company's markets  

Estimates And Assumptions 
Second 
Second 
Quarter 
Quarter 
2015 
2016 
9.7% 
9.5% 

14% to 40% 

25% to 40% 

1.0% to 2.0% 

1.5% to 2.0% 

While  we  believe  we  have  made  reasonable  estimates  and  assumptions  to  calculate  the  fair  value  of  our 

broadcasting licenses, these estimates and assumptions could be materially different from actual results.  

If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the industry or by us, or if events occur 
or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of our broadcasting licenses below the amount reflected on 
the balance sheet, we may be required to recognize impairment charges, which could be material, in future periods.   

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below presents the percentage within a range by which the fair value exceeded the carrying value 
of  our  radio  broadcasting  licenses  as  of  December  31,  2016  for  24  units  of  accounting  (24  geographical  markets) 
where  the  carrying  value  of  the  licenses  is  considered  material  to  our  financial  statements.    Our  newest  market, 
Charlotte, North  Carolina,  is  excluded  from  this  table,  however,  certain of  the  same  assumptions were  used  in  the 
valuation of the assets that are included as a variable interest entity (“VIE”) in our balance sheet as of December 31, 
2016.  Rather than presenting the percentage separately for each unit of accounting, management’s opinion is that 
this  table  in  summary  form  is  more  meaningful  to  the  reader  in  assessing  the  recoverability  of  the  broadcasting 
licenses. In addition, the units of accounting are not disclosed with the specific market name as such disclosure could 
be competitively harmful to us.  

Units Of Accounting As Of December 31, 2016 
Based Upon The Valuation As Of June 30, 2016 
Percentage Range By Which Fair Value Exceeds 
The Carrying Value 

0% To 
5% 

Greater  
Than 5% 
To 10% 

Greater 
Than 10% 
To 15% 

Greater 
Than 
15% 

Number of units of accounting    
Carrying value (in thousands)    $ 

7

4

360,697   $

173,273   $

2
48,539   $

11 
223,000 

Broadcasting Licenses Valuation At Risk 

The second quarter 2016 impairment test of our broadcasting licenses indicated that there were 11 units of 
accounting  where  the  fair  value  exceeded  their  carrying  value  by  10%  or  less.   In  aggregate,  these  11  units  of 
accounting have a carrying value of $534.0 million.   If overall market conditions or the performance of the economy 
deteriorates, advertising expenditures and radio industry results could be negatively impacted, including expectations 
for future growth. This could result in future impairment charges for these or other of our units of accounting. 

Goodwill Impairment Test 

We perform our annual goodwill impairment test during the second quarter of each year by evaluating our 
goodwill  for  each  reporting  unit.  We  determined  that  a  radio  market  is  a  reporting  unit  and,  in  total,  we  assessed 
goodwill  at  23  separate  reporting  units.    In  determining  the  reporting  units  to  evaluate,  we  excluded:  (1)  four 
reporting units that had no goodwill; and (2) one reporting unit recorded as a VIE as of December 31, 2016, however, 
certain of the same assumptions were used in determining the fair value of these assets.   

If the fair value of any reporting unit is less than the amount reflected in the balance sheet, an indication 
exists that the amount of goodwill attributed to a reporting unit may be impaired, and we are required to perform a 
second step of the impairment test. In the second step, we compare the amount reflected in the balance sheet to the 
implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill, determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its 
assets and liabilities in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation.   

To  determine  the  fair  value,  we  use  a  market  approach  and,  when  appropriate,  an  income  approach  in 
computing the fair value for each reporting unit. The market approach calculates the fair value of each market’s radio 
stations by analyzing recent sales of similar properties expressed as a multiple of cash flow. The income approach 
utilizes  a  discounted  cash  flow  method  by  projecting  the  subject  property’s  income  over  a  specified  time  and 
capitalizing at an appropriate market rate to arrive at an indication of the most probable selling price.  

In  step  one  of  our  goodwill  analysis,  we  considered  the  results  of  the  market  approach  and,  where 
appropriate,  the  income  approach  in  computing  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units.  In  the  market  approach,  we 
applied  an  estimated  market  multiple  of  between  seven  and  a  half  times  and  eight  times  to  each  reporting  unit’s 
operating  performance  to  calculate  the  fair  value.  This  multiple  was  consistent  with  the  multiple  applied  to  all 
markets  in  the  prior  year.    Management  believes  that  these  approaches  are  an  appropriate  measurement  given  the 
current market valuations of broadcast radio stations together with historical market transactions, including those in 
recent months. Factors contributing to the determination of the reporting unit’s operating performance were historical 
performance and management’s estimates of future performance.   

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
The following table reflects certain key estimates and assumptions applied to each of our markets that were 
used in the second quarter of 2016, and in the second quarter of 2015, the date of the most recent prior impairment 
test:   

Discount rate 
Long-term revenue growth rate range 
  of the Company's markets  
Market multiple used in the market 
  valuation approach 

Estimates And Assumptions 
Second 
Second 
Quarter 
Quarter 
2015 
2016 
9.7% 
9.5% 

1.0% to 2.0% 

1.5% to 2.0% 

7.5x to 8.0x 

7.5x to 8.0x 

While  we  believe  we  have  made  reasonable  estimates  and  assumptions  to  calculate  the  fair  value  of  our 

goodwill, these estimates and assumptions could be materially different from actual results.  

The results of step one indicated that it was not necessary to perform the second step analysis in any of the 
markets tested. As a result of the step one test, no impairment loss was recorded during the second quarter of 2016. 
We performed a reasonableness test by comparing the fair value results for goodwill (by using the implied multiple 
based on our cash flow performance and our current stock price) to prevailing radio broadcast transaction multiples.   

If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the industry or us, or if events occur or 
circumstances  change  that  would  reduce  the  fair  value  of  our  goodwill  below  the  amount  reflected  in  the  balance 
sheet,  we  may  be  required  to  conduct  an  interim  test  and  possibly  recognize  impairment  charges,  which  could  be 
material, in future periods. 

The table below presents the percentage within a range by which the fair value exceeded the carrying value 
of the reporting unit as of December 31, 2016 for 23 reporting units that were tested for goodwill impairment under 
step one during the second quarter of 2016. Rather than presenting the percentage separately for each reporting unit, 
management’s  opinion  is  that  this  table  in  summary  form  is  more  meaningful  to  the  reader  in  assessing  the 
recoverability  of  the  reporting  unit,  including  goodwill.  In  addition,  the  reporting  units  are  not  disclosed  with  the 
specific market name as such disclosure could be competitively harmful to us.   

Reporting Units As Of December 31, 2016 
Based Upon The Valuation As Of June 30, 2016 
Percentage Range By Which Fair Value Exceeds Carrying Value 
Greater 
Than 
15% 

Greater 
Than 10% 
To 15% 

Greater  
Than 5% 
To 10% 

0% To 
5% 

Number of reporting units 

4

2

1 

16

Enterprise carrying value (in 
thousands) 

Goodwill carrying value (in 
thousands) 

Goodwill Valuation At Risk 

  $ 

296,670   $

104,674   $

9,142   $ 

440,468

  $ 

4,519   $

6,402   $

203   $ 

21,594

The second quarter 2016 impairment test of our goodwill indicated that there were six reporting units that 
exceeded the carrying value by 10% or less.  In aggregate, these six reporting units have a carrying value of $401.3 
million, of which $10.9 million is goodwill.   

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Future impairment charges may be required on any of our reporting units, as the discounted cash flow and 
market-based models are subject to change based upon our performance, our stock price, peer company performance 
and their stock prices, overall market conditions, and the state of the credit markets. 

Sensitivity Of Key Broadcasting Licenses And Goodwill Assumptions 

If we were to assume a 100 basis point change in certain of our key assumptions (a reduction in the long-
term revenue growth rate, a reduction in the operating performance cash flow margin and an increase in the weighted 
average cost of capital) used to determine the fair value of our broadcasting licenses and goodwill using the income 
approach during the second quarter of 2016, the following would be the incremental impact:  

Sensitivity Analysis (1) 

Results Of 
Long-Term 
Revenue 
Growth 
Rate 
Decrease 

Results Of 
Operating 
Performance   
Cash Flow 
Margin 
Decrease 
(amounts in thousands) 

Results Of 
Weighted 
Average 
Cost Of 
Capital 
Increase 

Broadcasting Licenses 
Incremental broadcasting licenses impairment 

Goodwill (2) 
Incremental goodwill impairment 

$

$

29,471   $

3,727   $ 

67,774

13,161   $

1,252   $ 

30,687

(1)  
(2)  

Each assumption used in the sensitivity analysis is independent of the other assumptions. 
The sensitivity goodwill analysis is computed using data from testing goodwill using the income approach 
under step 1. 

To  determine  the  radio  broadcasting  industry’s  future  revenue  growth  rate,  management  uses  publicly 
available information on industry expectations rather than management’s own estimates, which could be different. In 
addition,  these  long-term  market  growth  rate  estimates  could  vary  in  each  of  our  markets.  Using  the  publicly 
available  information  on  industry  expectations,  each  market’s  revenues  were  forecasted  over  a  ten-year  projection 
period to reflect the expected long-term growth rate for the radio broadcast industry, which was further adjusted for 
each of our markets.  If the industry’s growth is less than forecasted, then the fair value of our broadcasting licenses 
could be negatively impacted. 

Operating profit is defined as profit before interest, depreciation and amortization, income tax and corporate 
allocation charges. Operating profit is then divided by broadcast revenues, net of agency and national representative 
commissions, to compute the operating profit margin.  For the broadcast license fair value analysis, the projections of 
operating profit margin that are used are based upon industry operating profit norms, which reflect market size and 
station type. These margin projections are not specific to the performance of our radio stations in a market, but are 
predicated on the expectation that a new entrant into the market could reasonably be expected to perform at a level 
similar  to  a  typical  competitor.  For  the  goodwill  fair  value  analysis,  the  projections  of  operating  margin  for  each 
market are based on our actual historical performance. If the outlook for the radio industry’s growth declines, then 
operating  profit  margins  in  both  the  broadcasting  license  and  goodwill  fair  value  analyses  would  be  negatively 
impacted, which would decrease the value of those assets. 

The discount rate to be used by a typical market participant reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows for 
the broadcast industry. The same discount rate was used for each of our markets. The discount rate is calculated by 
weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated 
percentages  in  an  expected  capital  structure.    The  capital  structure  was  estimated  based  upon  data  available  for 
publicly traded companies in the broadcast industry.   

See  Note  4,  Intangible  Assets  And  Goodwill,  in  the  accompanying  notes  to  the  consolidated  financial 

statements, for a discussion of intangible assets and goodwill. 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
For  a  more  comprehensive  list  of  our  accounting  policies,  see  Note  2,  Significant  Accounting  Policies, 
accompanying the consolidated financial statements included within this annual report on Form 10-K for 2016.  Note 
2 to the consolidated financial statements included with Form 10-K contains several other policies, including policies 
governing the timing of revenue and expense recognition, that are important to the preparation of our consolidated 
financial statements, but do not meet the SEC’s definition of critical accounting policies because they do not involve 
subjective or complex judgments.  In addition, for further discussion of new accounting policies that were effective 
for  us  on  January  1,  2016,  see  the  new  accounting  standards  under  Note  2  to  the  accompanying  notes  to  the 
consolidated financial statements. 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our variable rate senior debt (the Term B 
Loan and Revolver). Due to our recent refinancing in November 2016, we eliminated our fixed rate debt by retiring 
our Senior Notes. This resulted in a substantial increase to the amount of our variable rate debt as we used proceeds 
from our Credit Facility to retire the Senior Notes. 

If the borrowing rates under LIBOR were to increase 1% above the current rates as of December 31, 2016, 
our interest expense on: (1) our Term B Loan would increase $3.7 million on an annual basis as our Term B Loan 
provides for  a minimum  LIBOR  floor of  1%;  and (2)  our  Revolver would  increase by $0.6  million,  assuming  our 
entire Revolver was outstanding as of December 31, 2016.  From time to time, we may seek to limit our exposure to 
interest rate volatility through the use of interest rate hedging instruments.   

Assuming LIBOR remains flat, interest expense in 2017 is expected to be lower as we anticipate reducing 
our outstanding debt upon which interest is computed and we expect our average interest rate will be lower due to the 
retirement of our Senior Notes.  We may seek from time to time to amend our Credit Facility or obtain additional 
funding, which may result in higher interest rates on our debt and could increase our exposure to variable rate debt. 

As of December 31, 2016, there were no interest rate hedging transactions outstanding. 

Our credit exposure under hedging agreements similar  to the agreements that we have entered into in the 
past, or similar agreements that we may enter into in the future, is the cost of replacing such agreements in the event 
of nonperformance by our counterparty. To minimize this risk, we select high credit quality counterparties.  We do 
not anticipate nonperformance by such counterparties who we may enter into agreements with in the future, but we 
could recognize a loss in the event of nonperformance. 

From time to time, we may invest all or a portion of our cash in cash equivalents, which are money market 
instruments consisting of short-term government securities and repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by 
government securities.  We do not believe that we have any material credit exposure with respect to these assets. 

Our  credit  exposure  related  to  our  accounts  receivable  does  not  represent  a  significant  concentration  of 
credit  risk  due  to  the  quantity  of  advertisers,  the  minimal  reliance  on  any  one  advertiser,  the  multiple  markets  in 
which we operate and the wide variety of advertising business sectors. 

See also additional disclosures regarding liquidity and capital resources made under Part II, Item 7, above. 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

Our consolidated financial statements, together with related notes and the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers 

LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, are set forth on the pages indicated in Part IV, Item 15.  

ITEM 9.  CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE  

None. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation Of Controls And Procedures   

We  maintain  “disclosure  controls  and  procedures”  (as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  of  the 
Securities  Exchange Act  of 1934)  that  are designed  to  ensure  that:  (1)  information  required  to  be disclosed  in  our 
Exchange  Act  reports  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the 
SEC’s rules and forms; and (2) such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including 
our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as  appropriate,  to  allow  for  timely  decisions  regarding 
required disclosure.  In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, our management recognizes 
that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance 
of achieving the desired control objectives, and our management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the 
cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. 

We  carried  out  an  evaluation,  under  the  supervision  of  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management, 
including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and 
procedures as of December 31, 2016.  Based on the foregoing, our President/Chief Executive Officer and Executive 
Vice  President/Chief  Financial  Officer  concluded  that,  as  of  December  31,  2016,  our  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level. 

Changes In Internal Controls 

There has been no change in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting during the Company’s 
most  recent  fiscal  quarter  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  Company’s 
internal controls over financial reporting.  

Management's Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

Internal control over financial reporting refers to the process designed by, or under the supervision of, our 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other 
personnel,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and includes 
those policies and procedures that:  

 

 

 

pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;  

provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of 
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures  of  the  Company  are  being  made only  in  accordance  with authorizations of  management 
and directors of the Company; and  

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use 
or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial 
statements.  

Management has used the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by 
the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  to  evaluate  the  effectiveness  of  the 
Company's internal control over financial reporting.  Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that the 
Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2016. The effectiveness of the 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2016  has  been  audited  by 
Company’s 
PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  as  stated  in  their  report  which 
appears under Item 15.    

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls  

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting 
objectives  because  of  its  inherent  limitations.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  that  involves 
human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internal  control  over financial  reporting  also  can be  circumvented  by  collusion or  improper  management  override. 
Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely 
basis  by  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  However,  these  inherent  limitations  are  known  features  of  the 
financial  reporting  process.  Therefore,  it  is  possible  to  design  into  the  process  safeguards  to  reduce,  though  not 
eliminate,  this  risk.  Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over 
financial reporting for the Company.  

David J. Field, President and Chief Executive Officer 
Stephen F. Fisher, Executive Vice President - Chief Financial Officer 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  

The  information  required  by  this  Item  10  is  incorporated  in  this  report  by  reference  to  the  applicable 
information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we expect to file 
with the SEC prior to 120 days after the end of the fiscal year.  

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The  information  required  by  this  Item  11  is  incorporated  in  this  report  by  reference  to  the  applicable 
information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we expect to file 
with the SEC prior to 120 days after the end of the fiscal year. 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT 

AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS 

The  information  required  by  this  Item  12  is  incorporated  in  this  report  by  reference  to  the  applicable 
information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we expect to file 
with the SEC prior to 120 days after the end of the fiscal year. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS  AND  DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE 

The  information  required  by  this  Item  13  is  incorporated  in  this  report  by  reference  to  the  applicable 
information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we expect to file 
with the SEC prior to 120 days after the end of the fiscal year. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES  

The  information  required  by  this  Item  14  is  incorporated  in  this  report  by  reference  to  the  applicable 
information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we expect to file 
with the SEC prior to 120 days after the end of the fiscal year. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a) 

The following documents are filed as part of this Report:  

PART IV 

Document 

Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .................................................................................   46 

Consolidated Financial Statements 

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 .......................................................................   47 
Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 ............................................   48 
Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended  

December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 ...........................................................................................................   49 
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 ..........................................   50 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .........................................................................................................   52 

Index to Exhibits .................................................................................................................................................................  106 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
(b) 

Exhibits   

Exhibit 
Number  Description   

3.01 

3.02 

3.03 

3.04 

4.01 

4.02 

10.01 

10.02 

10.03 

10.04 

10.05 

10.06 

10.07 

10.08 

10.09 

21.01 

23.01 

31.01 

31.02 

32.01 

32.02 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Entercom Communications Corp.  (1)  

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Entercom Communications Corp.  (2)  

Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws of Entercom Communications Corp.  (3)  

Statement with Respect to Shares, filed with the Pennsylvania Department of State on July 16, 2015. (4) 

(Originally filed as Exhibit 3.1) 

Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  November 1,  2016,  among  Entercom  Radio,  LLC,  as  the  Borrower,  Entercom 
Communications  Corp.,  as  the  Parent,  Bank  of  America,  N.A.  as  Administrative  Agent  and  the  lenders  party 
thereto. (5) 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 16, 2015, by and between Entercom Communications Corp. and The 
Lincoln National Life Insurance Company. (4) (Originally filed as Exhibit 4.1) 

Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement,  dated  April  22,  2016,  between  Entercom  Communications 
Corp. and David J. Field.  (6) 

Employment  Agreement,  dated  July  1,  2007,  between  Entercom  Communications  Corp.  and  Joseph  M.  Field.  
(7)  

First Amendment To Employment Agreement, dated December 15, 2008, between Entercom Communications 
Corp. and Joseph M. Field. (8)  

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated October 27, 2015, between Entercom Communications 
Corp. and Stephen F. Fisher.  (9)  (Originally filed as Exhibit 10.04) 

Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2013 between Entercom Communications Corp. and Andrew P. 
Sutor, IV.   (10) 

Employment Agreement, dated May 5, 2015, between Entercom Communications Corp. and Louise Kramer. (9) 
(Originally filed as Exhibit 10.06) 

Entercom Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy adopted February 19, 2015. (11) 

Amended and Restated Entercom Equity Compensation Plan. (12) 

Entercom Annual Incentive Plan. (13) 

Information Regarding Subsidiaries of Entercom Communications Corp.  (14) 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.  (14) 

Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a), as created 
by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  (14) 

Certification of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-
14(a), as created by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  (14) 

Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (15) 

Certification of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created 
by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (15)  

101.INS 

XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 

101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 

101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 

101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 

101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase 

44 

 
 
 
(1) 

(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

(5) 
(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

(10) 

(11) 

(12) 
(13) 
(14) 
(15) 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.01 to our Amendment to Registration Statement on Form S-1, as filed 
on  January 27,  1999  (File  No. 333-61381),  Exhibit 3.1  of  our  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K  as  filed  on 
December 21, 2007 and Exhibit 3.02 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 
2009, as filed on August 5, 2009. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 21, 2008.  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2017.  
Incorporated by reference to an exhibit (as indicated above) to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 
17, 2015.  
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.01 to our Current report on Form 8-K filed on November 2, 2016. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.01 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 
30, 2016, as filed on August 5, 2016. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended 
September 30, 2007, as filed on November 21, 2007. 
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.04  to  our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2008, as filed on February 26, 2009. 
Incorporated by reference to an exhibit (as indicated above) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2015, as filed on February 26, 2016. 
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.01  to  our  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended 
March 31, 2013, as filed on May 9, 2013. 
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.01  to  our  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  as  filed  on  February  19, 
2015. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to our Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 20, 2014. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to our Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 16, 2012.  
Filed herewith. 
These exhibits are submitted as "accompanying" this Annual Report on Form 10-K and shall not be deemed 
to be "filed" as part of such Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders 
of Entercom Communications Corp.: 

In  our  opinion,  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations, 
shareholders’  equity and  cash  flows  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  Entercom  Communications 
Corp. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the 
three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2016  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United 
States of America.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for 
these  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  Management's  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial 
Reporting under Item 9A.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal 
control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits.  We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the 
Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States).   Those  standards  require that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audits  to 
obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement  and  whether  effective 
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audits of the financial statements included 
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our 
audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, 
assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal 
control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the 
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of 
the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of 
financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the 
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide 
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.   

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
February 28, 2017 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 

ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(amounts in thousands, except share data) 

  ASSETS: 
  Cash 
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts 
  Prepaid expenses, deposits and other 
  Prepaid and refundable federal and state income taxes 
  Deferred tax assets 

     Total current assets 

  Net property and equipment 
  Radio broadcasting licenses 
  Goodwill 
  Assets held for sale 
  Deferred charges and other assets, net of accumulated amortization 
  TOTAL ASSETS 

  LIABILITIES: 
  Accounts payable 
  Accrued expenses 
  Other current liabilities 
  Non-controlling interest - variable interest entity 
  Long-term debt, current portion 

     Total current liabilities 

  Long-term debt, net of current portion 
  Deferred tax liabilities 
  Other long-term liabilities 

     Total long-term liabilities 
     Total liabilities 

  CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS 

DECEMBER 31,   
2016 

DECEMBER 31, 
2015 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

46,843  
92,172  
7,670  
-  
-  
146,685  
63,375  
823,195  
32,718  
-  
10,260  
1,076,233  

481  
18,857  
19,603  
23,959  
4,817  
67,717  
467,651  
92,898  
26,861  
587,410  
655,127  

9,169
87,157
6,220
55
3,464
106,065
57,993
807,381
32,629
6,106
5,471
1,015,645

73
16,772
19,924
-
31,832
68,601
448,724
81,643
27,608
557,975
626,576

  PERPETUAL CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK 

27,732  

27,619

  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY: 
  Preferred stock; authorized 25,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 

     11 in 2016 and 2015 

  Class A common stock $0.01 par value; voting; authorized 200,000,000 shares;

     issued and outstanding 33,510,184 in 2016 and 32,480,551 in 2015 

  Class B common stock $0.01 par value; voting; authorized 75,000,000 shares; 

     issued and outstanding 7,197,532 in 2016 and 2015 

  Class C common stock $0.01 par value; nonvoting; authorized 50,000,000 

     shares; no shares issued and outstanding 

  Additional paid-in capital  
  Accumulated deficit 

     Total shareholders' equity 

  TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 

$ 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

- 

- 

335 

- 

72 

- 

-

325

72

- 

- 
605,603  
(212,636) 
393,374  
1,076,233  

$ 

-
611,754
(250,701)
361,450
1,015,645

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(amounts in thousands, except share and per share data) 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
2014 
2015 
2016 

NET REVENUES 

$ 

460,245   $ 

411,378   $ 

379,789  

OPERATING EXPENSE: 
   Station operating expenses, including non-cash  
       compensation expense 
   Depreciation and amortization expense 
   Corporate general and administrative expenses,  
       including non-cash compensation expense 
   Impairment loss 
   Merger and acquisition costs and restructuring charges 
   Other expenses related to financing 
   Net time brokerage agreement (income) fees 
   Net (gain) loss on sale or disposal of assets 
   Total operating expense  
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) 

318,744  
9,793  

33,328  
254  
708  
565  
417  
(1,621) 
362,188  
98,057  

287,711  
8,419  

26,479  
-  
6,836  
-  
(1,285) 
(2,364) 
325,796  
85,582  

259,184  
7,794  

26,572  
-  
1,042  
-  
-  
(379) 
294,213  
85,576  

NET INTEREST EXPENSE 

36,639  

37,961  

38,821  

   Net (gain) loss on extinguishment of debt 
   Net (gain) loss on investments 
   Net recovery of a claim 
OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT) 
INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT) 
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY 
   Preferred stock dividend 
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON 
SHAREHOLDERS 

10,858  
-  
(2,299) 
8,559  

52,859  
14,794  
38,065  
(1,901) 

-  
-  
-  
-  

47,621  
18,437  
29,184  
(752) 

-  
21  
-  
21  

46,734  
19,911  
26,823  
-  

$ 

36,164   $ 

28,432   $ 

26,823  

NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON 
SHAREHOLDERS PER SHARE - BASIC 

NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON 
SHAREHOLDERS PER SHARE - DILUTED 

$ 

$ 

0.94   $ 

0.75   $ 

0.71  

0.91   $ 

0.73   $ 

0.69  

WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES: 
   Basic 
   Diluted 

38,500,495  
39,568,062

38,083,947  
39,037,623  

37,763,353  
38,664,066

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2013 
Net income (loss) available to the Company 
Compensation expense related to granting 
     of stock awards 
Exercise of stock options 
Purchase of vested employee restricted 
     stock units 
Forfeitures of dividend equivalents 
Balance, December 31, 2014 
Net income (loss) available to the Company 
Compensation expense related to granting 
     of stock awards 
Exercise of stock options 
Purchase of vested employee restricted 
     stock units 
Preferred stock dividend 
Balance, December 31, 2015 
Net income (loss) available to the Company 
Compensation expense related to granting 
     of stock awards 
Issuance of common stock related to the Employee  
     Share Purchase Plan ("ESPP") 
Exercise of stock options 
Purchase of vested employee restricted  
     stock units  
Payment of dividends on common stock 
Payment of dividends on preferred stock 
Dividend equivalents, net of forfeitures 
Balance, December 31, 2016 

ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, 2015 AND 2014 
(amounts in thousands, except share data) 

Common Stock 

  Additional 

Class A 

Class B 

Shares 
31,308,194  
-  

Amount
$

313  
-  

Shares 
7,197,532  
-  

Amount   
72  
$
-  

$

Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings 
(Accumulated
Deficit) 

Total 

604,721  
-  

$

(306,713) 
26,823  

$

298,393
26,823

5,225  
82  

(1,513) 
-  
608,515  
-  

5,517  
35  

(1,561) 
(752) 
611,754  
-  

6,528  

379  
264  

-  
-  

-  
5  
(279,885) 
29,184  

-  
-  

-  
-  
(250,701) 
38,065  

-  

-  
-  

(2,266) 
(8,666) 
(1,788) 
(602) 
605,603  

$

-  
-  
-  
-  
(212,636) 

$

$

5,232
82

(1,514)
5
329,021
29,184

5,524
35

(1,562)
(752)
361,450
38,065

6,539

379
265

(2,268)
(8,666)
(1,788)
(602)
393,374

638,102  
57,500  

(141,502) 
-  
31,862,294  
-  

738,195  
11,750  

(131,688) 
-  
32,480,551  
-  

7  
-  

(1) 
-  
319  
-  

7  
-  

(1) 
-  
325  
-  

1,095,759  

11  

31,933  
134,238  

(232,297) 
-  
-  
-  
33,510,184  

$

-  
1  

(2) 
-  
-  
-  
335  

-  
-  

-  
-  
7,197,532  
-  

-  
-  

-  
-  
7,197,532  
-  

-  

-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
7,197,532  

$

-  
-  

-  
-  
72  
-  

-  
-  

-  
-  
72  
-  

-  

-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  
72  

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
 (amounts in thousands) 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 
  Net income (loss) available to the Company 

$ 

38,065  

$ 

29,184  

$ 

26,823

  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by 
 (used in) operating activities: 
    Depreciation and amortization  
    Amortization of deferred financing costs 
         (including original issue discount) 
    Net deferred taxes (benefit) and other 
    Provision for bad debts 
    Net (gain) loss on sale or disposal of assets 
    Non-cash stock-based compensation expense 
    Net (gain) loss on investments 
    Deferred rent 
    Unearned revenue - long-term 
    Net loss on extinguishment of debt 
    Deferred compensation 
    Impairment loss 
    Accretion expense, net of asset retirement obligation adjustments 
    Changes in assets and liabilities (net of effects of acquisitions, 
dispositions, and consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (VIEs)): 
       Accounts receivable 
       Prepaid expenses and deposits 
       Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  
       Accrued interest expense 
       Accrued liabilities - long-term 
       Prepaid expenses - long-term 
           Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 
    Additions to property and equipment 
    Proceeds from sale of property, equipment,  
         intangibles and other assets 
    Purchases of radio station assets 
    Additions to intangible assets 
    Purchases of investments 
    Proceeds from investments and capital projects 
    Cash acquired through consolidation of a VIE 
           Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 

9,793  

2,897  
14,688  
1,330  
(1,621) 
6,539  
-  
138  
-  
10,858  
1,683  
254  
27  

(4,202) 
(1,368) 
(739) 
40  
(1,894) 
(4,458) 
72,030  

8,419  

3,203  
18,322  
1,553  
(2,364) 
5,524  
-  
1,017  
(10) 
-  
584  
-  
13  

(4,027) 
642  
700  
769  
146  
1,115  
64,790  

(7,336) 

(7,043) 

7,974  
(92)  
(353) 
-  
-  
302  
495  

427  
(83,553)  
(1,575) 
(9) 
9  
-  
(91,744) 

7,794

4,165
19,811
1,004
(379)
5,232
21
807
(33)
-
1,291
-
(11)

565
(1,586)
1,633
(132)
(1,311)
(398)
65,296

(8,408)

2,153
-
(800)
-
-
-
(7,055)

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
 (amounts in thousands) 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
2015 

2014 

2016 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 
    Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt 
    Borrowing under the revolving senior debt 
    Proceeds from the capital lease obligations and other 
    Payments of long-term debt 
    Payment of call premium and other fees 
    Retirement of senior subordinated notes 
    Payment for debt issuance costs related to the Credit Facility 
    Proceeds from issuance of employee stock plan 
    Payment of fees associated with the issuance of preferred stock 
    Proceeds from the exercise of stock options 
    Purchase of vested employee restricted stock units 
    Payment of dividends on common stock 
    Payment of dividend equivalents on vested restricted stock units 
    Payment of dividends on preferred stock 
           Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH 
EQUIVALENTS 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR 

480,000  
24,500  
102  
(293,266) 
(5,977) 
(220,000) 
(8,038) 
379  
-  
265  
(2,268) 
(8,666) 
(94) 
(1,788) 
(34,851) 

37,674  
9,169  

-  
58,000  
-  
(51,250) 
-  
-  
-  
-  
(220) 
35  
(1,562) 
-  
(7) 
(413) 
4,583  

(22,371) 
31,540  

-
15,500
-
(53,000)
-
-
-
-
-
82
(1,514)
-
-
-
(38,932)

19,309
12,231

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR 

$ 

46,843  

$ 

9,169  

$ 

31,540

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW 
INFORMATION: 
   Cash paid during the period for: 
      Interest 
      Income taxes  
      Dividends on common stock 
      Dividends on preferred stock 

$ 
$
$
$

34,568  
381
8,666
1,788

$ 
$
$
$

34,822  
81  
-  
413  

$ 
$
$
$

35,593
79
-
-

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, 2015 AND 2014 

1. 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SIGNIFICANT POLICIES 

Nature  Of  Business  –  Entercom  Communications  Corp.  (the  “Company”)  is  the  fourth-largest  radio  broadcasting 
company in the United States with a portfolio of radio stations in 28 top markets across the country.  

On February 2, 2017, the Company and our newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary (“Merger Sub”), entered 
into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “CBS Radio Merger Agreement”) with CBS Corporation (“CBS”) and its 
wholly-owned  subsidiary  CBS  Radio,  Inc.  (“CBS  Radio”).    Pursuant  to  the  CBS  Merger  Agreement,  Merger  Sub 
will  merge  with  and  into  CBS  Radio  with  CBS  Radio  surviving  as  the  Company’s  wholly-owned  subsidiary  (the 
“Merger”).  The Merger is expected to be tax free to CBS and its shareholders, and will be effected through a stock 
for  stock  Reverse  Morris  Trust  transaction.    The  Merger  will  make  the  Company  a  leading  local  media  and 
entertainment company with a nationwide footprint of stations including positions in all of the top 10 markets and 23 
of the top 25 markets.  The transactions contemplated by the CBS Radio Merger Agreement are subject to approval 
by the Company’s shareholders and customary regulatory approvals.  Such approvals will require the divestiture of 
stations in certain markets due to FCC ownership limitations.  This transaction is expected to close during the second 
half of 2017. 

2. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Principles  Of  Consolidation  –  The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the 
Company  and  its  subsidiaries,  all  of  which  are  100%  owned  by  the  Company.  All  intercompany  transactions  and 
balances  have  been  eliminated  in  consolidation.    The  Company  also  considers  the  applicability  of  any  variable 
interest  entities  (“VIEs”)  that  are  required  to  be  consolidated  by  the  primary  beneficiary.    From  time  to  time,  the 
Company  may  enter  into  a  time  brokerage  agreement  (“TBA”)  in  connection  with  a  pending  acquisition  or 
disposition of radio stations and the requirement to consolidate or deconsolidate a VIE may apply, depending on the 
facts  and  circumstances  related  to  each  transaction.    As  of  December  31,  2016,  there  is  one  VIE  requiring 
consolidation in these financial statements.  See Note 20 for further discussion on VIEs requiring consolidation.  

Reportable Segment - The Company operates under one reportable business segment, radio broadcasting, for which 
segment  disclosure  is  consistent  with  the  management  decision-making  process  that  determines  the  allocation  of 
resources  and  the  measuring  of  performance.  Radio  stations  serving  the  same  geographic  area,  which  may  be 
comprised  of  a  city  or  combination  of  cities,  are  referred  to  as  markets  or  as  distinct  operating  segments.  The 
Company has 28 operating segments. These operating segments are aggregated to create one reportable segment.  

Management’s  Use  Of  Estimates  –  The  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements,  in  conformity  with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, requires the Company to make estimates 
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent assets and 
liabilities, as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
during  the  reporting  period.  Significant  estimates  and  assumptions  are  used  for,  but  not  limited  to:  (1)  asset 
impairments,  including  broadcasting  licenses  and  goodwill;  (2)  income  tax  valuation  allowances  for  deferred  tax 
assets; (3) allowance for doubtful accounts; (4) self-insurance reserves; (5) fair value of equity awards; (6) estimated 
lives  for  tangible  and  intangible  assets;  (7)  contingency  and  litigation  reserves;  (8)  fair  value  measurements;  (9) 
acquisition purchase price asset and liability allocations; and (10) uncertain tax positions. The Company’s accounting 
estimates  require  the  use  of  judgment  as  future  events  and  the  effect  of  these  events  cannot  be  predicted  with 
certainty. The accounting estimates  may change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired and as more 
information is obtained.  The Company evaluates and updates assumptions and estimates on an ongoing basis and 
may use outside experts to assist in the Company’s evaluation, as considered necessary. Actual results could differ 
from those estimates.   

Income  Taxes  – The  Company  applies  the liability  method  to  the  accounting  for  deferred  income  taxes.  Deferred 
income  taxes  are  recognized  for  all  temporary  differences  between  the  tax  and  financial  reporting  bases  of  the 
Company’s assets and liabilities based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which 
the differences are expected to affect taxable income. A valuation allowance is recorded for a net deferred tax asset 
balance when it is more likely than not that the benefits of the tax asset will not be realized.  The Company reviews 
on a continuing basis the need for a deferred tax asset valuation allowance in the jurisdictions in which it operates. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Any adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations 
in the period that such an adjustment is required.  

The  Company  applies  the  guidance  for  income  taxes  and  intra-period  allocation  to  the  recognition  of 
uncertain  tax  positions.  This  guidance  clarifies  the  recognition,  de-recognition  and  measurement  in  financial 
statements of income tax positions taken in previously filed tax returns or tax positions expected to be taken in tax 
returns, including a decision whether to file or not to file in a particular jurisdiction. The guidance requires that any 
liability created for unrecognized tax benefits is disclosed. The application of this guidance may also affect the tax 
bases of assets and liabilities and therefore may change or create deferred tax liabilities or assets.  This guidance also 
clarifies  the  method  to  allocate  income  taxes  (benefit)  to  the  different  components  of  income  (loss),  such  as:  (1) 
income (loss) from continuing operations; (2) income (loss) from discontinued operations; (3) other comprehensive 
income (loss); (4) the cumulative effects of accounting changes; and (5) other charges or credits recorded directly to 
shareholders’ equity. See Note 14 for a further discussion of income taxes.   

Property  And  Equipment  –  Property  and  equipment  are  carried  at  cost.  Major  additions  or  improvements  are 
capitalized, including interest expense when material, while repairs and  maintenance are charged to expense when 
incurred. Upon sale or retirement, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and 
any  gain  or  loss  is  recognized  in  the  statement  of  operations.  Depreciation  expense  on  property  and  equipment  is 
determined on a straight-line basis.  

Depreciation expense for property and equipment, which includes amounts from the VIE, is reflected in the 

following table:  

Property And Equipment 
Years Ended December 31, 
2015 
(amounts in thousands) 

2016 

2014 

Depreciation expense 

  $

8,689   $

7,419   $

6,748

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had capital expenditure commitments outstanding of $1.4 million. 

The following is a summary of the categories of property and equipment along with the range of estimated 

useful lives used for depreciation purposes: 

Depreciation Period   
In Years 

Property And Equipment 
December 31, 

From 

To 

2016 

2015 

Land, land easements and land improvements 
Buildings 
Equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 
Capital leases 
Leasehold improvements 

- 
20 
3 
5 

* 
* 

* 
* 

    Accumulated depreciation 

    Capital improvements in progress 
Net property and equipment 
* Shorter of economic life or lease term 

15  $
40 
40 
10 

  $

18,546  
22,698  
112,362  
11,129  
44  
23,017  
187,796  
(128,322) 
59,474  
3,901  
63,375  

$ 

$ 

16,764
22,711
108,399
10,868
-
23,119
181,861
(124,870)
56,991
1,002
57,993

Long-Lived Assets - The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets, which include property and 
equipment,  broadcasting  licenses  (subject  to  an  eight-year  renewal  cycle),  goodwill,  deferred  charges,  and  other 
assets.  See  Note  4  for  further  discussion.    Certain  of  the  Company’s  equipment,  such  as  broadcast  towers,  can 
provide economic benefit over a longer period of time resulting in the use of longer lives of up to 40 years. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If  events or  changes  in  circumstances  were  to  indicate  that  an  asset’s  carrying value  is  not  recoverable, a 
write-down of the asset would be recorded through a charge to operations. The determination and measurement of 
the fair value of long-lived assets requires the use of significant judgments and estimates. Future events may impact 
these judgments and estimates. 

Revenue  Recognition  –  The  Company  generates  revenue  from  the  sale  to  advertisers  of  various  services  and 
products, including but not limited to: (1) commercial broadcast time; (2) digital advertising; (3) local events; (4) e-
commerce  where  an  advertiser’s  goods  and  services  are  sold  through  our  websites;  and  (5)  digital  product  and 
marketing solutions. 

Revenue from services and products is recognized when delivered. 

Advertiser payments received in advance of when the products or services are delivered are recorded on the 

Company’s balance sheet as unearned revenue.  

Revenues presented in the consolidated financial statements are reflected on a net basis, after the deduction 
of  advertising  agency  fees  by  the  advertising  agencies.  The  Company  also  evaluates  when  it  is  appropriate  to 
recognize revenue based on the gross amount invoiced to the customer or the net amount retained by the Company if 
a third party is involved.  

The following table presents the amounts of unearned revenues as of the periods indicated: 

  Balance Sheet Location 

Unearned Revenues 
December 31, 

2016 

2015 

(amounts in thousands) 

Current 

  Other current liabilities 

  $

298   $

306 

Concentration Of Credit Risk – The Company’s revenues and accounts receivable relate primarily to the sale of 
advertising  within  its  radio  stations’  broadcast  areas.  Credit  is  extended  based  on  an  evaluation  of  the  customers’ 
financial condition and, generally, collateral is not required. Credit losses are provided for in the financial statements 
and  consistently  have  been  within  management’s  expectations.  Accounts  receivable  are  recorded  at  the  invoiced 
amount and do not bear interest.  The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company’s best estimate of the amount 
of probable credit losses in the Company’s existing accounts receivable.  The balance in the Company’s allowance 
for doubtful accounts is based on the Company’s historical collections, the age of the receivables, specific customer 
information, and current economic conditions.  Delinquent accounts are written off if collections efforts have been 
unsuccessful and the likelihood of recovery is considered remote.     

Debt Issuance Costs And Original Issue Discount – The costs related to the issuance of debt are capitalized and 
amortized over the lives of the related debt and such amortization is accounted for as interest expense. See Note 8 for 
further  discussion  for  the  amount  of  deferred  financing  expense  that  was  included  in  interest  expense  in  the 
accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  the  Company 
refinanced its outstanding Credit Facility that included retiring its $220.0 million 10.5% Senior Notes due December 
1, 2019 (the “Senior Notes”).  In connection with this refinancing, the unamortized original issue discount associated 
with the Senior Notes was written off and included in the statement of operations under loss on extinguishment of 
debt.   

Extinguishment Of Debt –The Company may amend, append or replace, in part or in full, its outstanding debt. The 
Company  reviews  its  unamortized  financing  costs  associated  with  its  outstanding  debt  to  determine  the  amount 
subject  to  extinguishment  under  the  accounting  provisions  for  an  exchange  of  debt  instruments  with  substantially 
different  terms  or  changes  in  a  line-of-credit  or  revolving-debt  arrangement.  On  November  1,  2016,  the  Company 
refinanced certain of its outstanding debt. A portion of the outstanding debt was accounted for as an extinguishment. 
See  Note  8  for  a  discussion  of  the  Company’s  long-term  debt.    In  addition,  refer  to  the  recent  accounting 
pronouncements  section  of  this  note,  Debt  Issuance  Costs,  for  a  change  in  the  balance  sheet  presentation  of  debt 
issuance costs effective January 1, 2016.   

54 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate  General  And  Administrative  Expense  –  Corporate  general  and  administrative  expense  consists  of 
corporate  overhead  costs  and  non-cash  compensation  expense.  Included  in  corporate  general  and  administrative 
expenses are those costs not specifically allocable to any of the Company’s individual business properties. 

Time  Brokerage  Agreement  (Income)  Fees  –  TBA  fees  or  income  consist  of  fees  paid  or  received  under 
agreements  which  permit  an  acquirer  to  program  and  market  stations  prior  to  an  acquisition.  The  Company 
sometimes enters into a TBA prior to the consummation of station acquisitions and dispositions.  The Company may 
also enter into a Joint Sales Agreement to market, but not to program, a station for a defined period of time.  TBA 
fees or income are recorded as a separate line item in our consolidated statement of operations. 

Barter Transactions – The Company provides advertising broadcast time in exchange for certain products, supplies 
and services. The terms of the exchanges generally permit the Company to preempt such broadcast time in favor of 
advertisers  who  purchase  time  on  regular  terms.  The  Company  includes  the  value  of  such  exchanges  in  both 
broadcasting net revenues and station operating expenses. Barter valuation is based upon management’s estimate of 
the fair value of the products, supplies and services received.  See Note 15, Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures On 
Non-Cash Investing And Financing Activities, for a summary of the Company’s barter transactions.  

Business  Combinations  –  Accounting  guidance  for  business  combinations  provides  the  criteria  to  recognize 
intangible assets apart from goodwill.  Other than goodwill, the Company uses a direct value method to determine 
the  fair  value  of  all  intangible  assets  required  to  be  recognized  for  business  combinations.    For  a  discussion  of 
impairment testing of those assets acquired in a business combination, including goodwill, see Note 4.  

Asset Retirement Obligations – The Company reasonably estimates the fair value of an asset retirement obligation.  
For an asset retirement obligation that is conditional (uncertainty about the timing and/or method of settlement), the 
Company factors into its fair value measurement a probability factor as the obligation depends upon a future event 
that may or may not be within the control of the Company.   

The following table presents the changes in asset retirement obligations: 

Beginning Balance 
Additions 
Settlements 
Revision of estimate 
Accretions 
Ending Balance 

    Asset retirement obligations - short term 
    Asset retirement obligations - long term 
Total asset retirement obligations 

Asset Retirement Obligations
December 31, 

2016 

2015 

(amounts in thousands) 

$

$

$

$

569   $
453  
(14) 
(2) 
38  
1,044   $

610   $
434  
1,044   $

541
15
-
-
13
569

105
464
569

Accrued  Compensation  –  Certain  types  of  employee  compensation,  which  amounts  are  included  in  the  balance 
sheets under other current liabilities, are paid in subsequent periods.  See Note 6 for amounts reflected in the balance 
sheets.  

Cash And Cash Equivalents – Cash consists primarily of amounts held on deposit with financial institutions. The 
Company’s cash deposits with banks are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000 per 
account.  At times, the cash balances held by the Company in financial institutions may exceed these insured limits.  
The  risk  of  loss  attributable  to  these  uninsured  balances  is  mitigated  by  depositing  funds  in  high  credit  quality 
financial  institutions.    The  Company  has  not  experienced  any  losses  in  such  accounts.    From  time  to  time,  the 
Company  may  invest  in  cash  equivalents,  which  consists  of  investments  in  immediately  available  money  market 
accounts  and  all  highly  liquid  debt  instruments  with  initial  maturities  of  three  months  or  less.    The  Company 
considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  a  maturity  of  three  months  or  less  to  be  cash  equivalents.    As  of 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had no cash equivalents on hand.  

55 

 
 
 
 
 
                                                     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative  Financial  Instruments  –  The  Company  follows  accounting  guidance  for  its  derivative  financial 
instruments  that  it  enters  into  from  time  to  time,  including  certain  derivative  instruments  embedded  in  other 
contracts, and hedging activities.  

Leases – The Company follows accounting guidance for its leases, which includes the recognition of escalated rents 
on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease agreement, as described further in Note 7.  

The operating lease obligations represent scheduled future minimum operating lease payments under non-
cancellable  operating  leases,  including  rent  obligations  under  escalation  clauses  that  are  defined  increases  and  not 
escalations that depend on variable indices. The minimum lease payments do not include common area maintenance, 
variable  real  estate  taxes,  insurance  and  other  costs  for  which  the  Company  may  be  obligated  as  most  of  these 
payments are primarily variable rather than fixed. 

See Note 20, Contingencies and Commitments, for a discussion of the Company’s leases.  In addition, refer 
to the recent accounting pronouncements section of this note, Leasing Transactions, for a change in the Company’s 
reporting requirements as of January 1, 2019.   

Share-Based  Compensation  –  The  Company  records  compensation  expense  for  all  share-based  payment  awards 
made  to  employees  and  directors,  at  estimated  fair  value.  The  Company  also  uses  the  simplified  method  in 
developing  an  estimate  of  the  expected  term  of  certain  stock  options.  For  further  discussion  of  share-based 
compensation, see Note 13.  

Investments – For those investments in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over the 
operating  and  financial  policies  of  the  investee,  the  investment  is  accounted  for  under  the  equity  method.  At 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company held no equity method investments. For those investments in which the 
Company  does  not  have  such  significant  influence,  the  Company  applies  the  accounting  guidance  for  certain 
investments in debt and equity securities. An investment is classified into one of three categories: held-to-maturity, 
available-for-sale,  or  trading  securities,  and,  depending  upon  the  classification,  is  carried  at  fair  value  based  upon 
quoted market prices or historical cost when quoted market prices are unavailable.   

The  Company  also  provides  certain  quantitative  and  qualitative  disclosures  for  those  investments  that  are 
impaired (other than temporarily) at the balance sheet date and for those investments for which an impairment has 
not been recognized.   

Advertising And Promotion Costs – Costs of media advertising and associated production costs are expensed when 
incurred. 

Insurance  And  Self-Insurance  Liabilities  –  The  Company  uses  a  combination  of  insurance  and  self-insurance 
mechanisms to provide for the potential liabilities for workers’ compensation, general liability, property, director and 
officers’  liability,  vehicle  liability  and  employee  health  care  benefits.  Liabilities  associated  with  the  risks  that  are 
retained  by  the  Company  are  estimated,  in  part,  by  considering  claims  experience,  demographic  factors,  severity 
factors, outside expertise and other actuarial assumptions. For any legal costs expected to be incurred in connection 
with a loss contingency, the Company recognizes the expense as incurred.   

Recognition  Of  Insurance  Claims  and  Other  Recoveries  –  The  Company  recognizes  insurance  recoveries  and 
other claims when all contingencies have been satisfied.  During 2016, the Company recovered $2.3 million related 
to  a  legal  claim.    This  amount  was  recorded  on  a  net  basis  after  deducting  certain  related  expenses.    For  further 
discussion, see Note 20. 

Sports Programming Costs – Sports programming costs which are for a specified number of events are amortized 
on an event-by-event basis, and programming costs which are for a specified season are amortized over the season on 
a straight-line basis.  Prepaid expenses which are not directly allocable to any one particular season are amortized on 
a straight-line basis over the life of the agreement. 

Accrued  Litigation  -  The  Company  evaluates  the  likelihood  of  an  unfavorable  outcome  in  legal  or  regulatory 
proceedings to which it is a party and records a loss contingency when it is probable that a liability has been incurred 
and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These judgments are subjective, based on the status of such 
legal or regulatory proceedings, the merits of the Company’s defenses and consultation with corporate and external 
legal counsel. Actual outcomes of these legal and regulatory proceedings may materially differ from the Company’s 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
estimates.  The  Company  expenses  legal  costs  as  incurred  in  professional  fees.  See  Note  20,  Contingencies  And 
Commitments.   

Software  Costs  –  The  Company  capitalizes  direct  internal  and  external  costs  incurred  to  develop  internal-use 
software  during  the  application  development  state.   Internal-use  software  includes  website  development  activities 
such  as  the  planning  and  design  of  additional  functionality  and  features  for  existing  sites  and/or  the  planning  and 
design of new sites.  Costs related to the maintenance, content development and training of internal-use software are 
expensed as incurred.  Capitalized costs are amortized over the estimated useful life of three years using the straight-
line method.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements   

All new accounting pronouncements that are in effect that may impact the Company’s financial statements 
have been implemented.  The Company does not believe that there are any other new accounting pronouncements 
that  have  been  issued,  other  than  for  a  few  of  those  as  listed  below,  that  might  have  a  material  impact  on  the 
Company’s financial position or results of operations.  

Definition of a Business 

In  January  2017,  the  accounting  guidance  was  amended  to  clarify  the  definition  of  a  business  to  assist 
entities  with  evaluating  whether  transactions  should  be  accounted  for  as  acquisitions  or  disposals  of  assets  or 
businesses.    The  guidance  is  effective  for  the  Company  as  of  January  1,  2018  under  a  prospective  application 
method.   The Company  is  currently  in  the  process of reviewing  the new  guidance, but  based  upon its  preliminary 
assessment,  which  is  subject  to  change,  the  impact  of  this  guidance  should  not  be  material  to  the  Company’s 
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  The guidance could have an impact in a future period if the 
Company acquires or disposes assets that meet the definition of a business under the amended guidance.  

Goodwill Impairment 

In January 2017, the accounting guidance was amended to simplify the accounting for goodwill impairment 
by  removing  the  second  step  of  the  goodwill  impairment  test.    The  guidance  is  effective  for  the  Company  as  of 
January  1,  2020.    The  Company  is  currently  in  the  process  of  reviewing  the  new  guidance,  but  based  upon  its 
preliminary  assessment,  which  is  subject  to  change,  the  impact  of  this  guidance  should  not  be  material  to  the 
Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

Cash Flow Classification 

In  August  2016,  the  accounting  guidance  for  classifying  elements  of  cash  flow  was  simplified.    The 
guidance  is  effective  for  the  Company  as  of  January  1,  2018  under  a  retrospective  application  method.    The 
Company  is  currently  in  the  process  of  reviewing  the  new  guidance,  but  based  upon  its  preliminary  assessment, 
which is subject to change, the impact of this guidance should not be material to the Company’s financial position, 
results of operations or cash flows. 

Stock-Based Compensation Simplification 

In  March  2016,  the  accounting  guidance  for  stock-based  compensation  was  modified  to  reflect  in  the 
income  statement  the  income  tax  effects  of  awards  when  stock-based  awards  vest.    The  guidance  on  employers’ 
accounting for an employee’s use of shares to satisfy the employer’s statutory income tax withholding obligation and 
for forfeitures is also changing.  This guidance is effective for the Company as of January 1, 2017.  The company 
believes  that:  (1)  the  Company  may  recognize  future  income  tax  benefits  that  were  previously  not  allowed  to  be 
recognized;  and  (2)  the  Company  may  increase  the  shares  withheld  upon  the  vesting  of  restricted  stock  units 
(“RSUs”)  in  order  to  satisfy  employees’  tax  obligations.    The  impact  of  this  guidance  will  not  be  material  to  the 
Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. 

Leasing Transactions 

In February 2016, the accounting guidance was modified to require that all leases with a term of more than 
one year covering leased assets such as real estate, broadcasting towers and equipment, be reflected on the balance 
sheet as assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by these leases.  This includes leases with short-
term options to cancel by the lessee unless it is highly likely that the Company would exercise the option to cancel. 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
While the Company is currently reviewing the effects of this guidance, the Company believes that this would result 
in:  (1)  an  increase  in  the  assets  and  liabilities  reflected  on  the  Company’s  consolidated  balance  sheets;  and  (2)  an 
increase  in  the  Company’s  interest  expense  and  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  and  a  decrease  to  the 
Company’s  station  operating  expense  reflected  on  its  consolidated  statements  of  operations.    New  disclosures  are 
also  required  to  enable  users  of  financial  statements  to  assess  the  amount,  timing,  and  uncertainty  of  cash  flows 
arising from leases.  This guidance is effective for the Company as of January 1, 2019.  

Revenue Recognition 

In  May  2014,  the  accounting  guidance  for  revenue  recognition  was  modified  and  subsequently  updated 
several  times  with  amendments.    Along  with  these  modifications,  most  industry-specific  revenue  guidance  was 
eliminated,  including  a  current  broadcasting  exemption  for  reporting  revenue  from  network  barter  programming.  
The new guidance is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to 
customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those 
goods or services. The guidance also requires additional disclosures, including significant judgments and changes in 
judgments.   

The Company expects to adopt the new guidance effective on January 1, 2018, by applying the modified 
retrospective method at the date of the initial application by recording the cumulative effect on retained earnings as 
of the date of adoption.  

The Company has made progress toward completing its evaluation of the impact of the guidance to all of the 
Company’s revenue streams and expects to complete the contract evaluations during 2017, including an evaluation of 
the impact on its business processes, controls and systems.    

While the Company continues to assess all potential impacts of the standard, it currently believes the most 

significant impact relates to its accounting for network barter programming.     

Balance Sheet Classification Of Deferred Taxes 

In November 2015, the accounting guidance for balance sheet classification of deferred taxes was modified 
to present deferred taxes for each jurisdiction as noncurrent on the balance sheet.  Previously, deferred taxes were 
presented for each jurisdiction as a net current asset or liability and net noncurrent asset or liability. This guidance is 
effective for the Company as of January 1, 2017, although early adoption is permitted. The Company elected to early 
adopt  this  standard  on  a  prospective  basis  as  of  October  1,  2016,  as  is  permitted  under  the  standard.    Due  to  the 
prospective treatment, prior periods presented in these financial statements have not been retroactively adjusted. 

Business Combinations 

In  September  2015,  the  accounting  guidance  for  business  combinations  was  modified  to  reflect 
measurement  period  adjustments  to  be  recorded  prospectively  rather  than  retroactively  to  the  assets  and  liabilities 
initially recorded under purchase price accounting.  This guidance, which was effective as of January 1, 2016, did not 
have a material impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations, but could have an impact in a 
future  period  when  an  adjustment  is  recorded  for  a  previously  reported  business  combination.  There  should  be  no 
material impact to the Company’s cash flows. 

Fees Paid In A Cloud Computing Arrangement 

In April 2015, the accounting guidance was revised to identify when a cloud computing service includes a 
software license that is to be capitalized and treated consistently with the acquisition of other software licenses.  The 
adoption of this accounting guidance, which was effective as of January 1, 2016, did not have any material effect on 
the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial condition.  

Debt Issuance Costs 

In April 2015, the accounting guidance was amended to modify the presentation of debt issuance costs on 
the balance sheet by requiring that all costs, including incremental third-party costs, be reflected as an offset to the 
associated debt liability rather than as a deferred charge.  This guidance was subsequently modified in August 2015 
to allow the existing presentation to continue for line-of-credit arrangements. The impact of this guidance, which was 
effective on January 1, 2016, was to reclassify debt issuance costs (other than those for line-of-credit arrangements) 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
from other assets to the respective long-term debt liability for balance sheet presentation purposes only and had no 
impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position.  In addition, certain reclassifications 
were recorded to the prior year’s balance sheet to conform to the presentation in the current year, which did not have 
a material impact on the Company’s previously reported financial statements.  

Consolidation 

In February 2015, the accounting guidance for consolidation was amended which revises the analysis of and 
reduces the need to consolidate certain entities. This accounting guidance, which was effective on January 1, 2016, 
did not have any material effect on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position.  

Extraordinary Items 

In January 2015, the accounting guidance was updated to eliminate the concept of an extraordinary item and 
the  requirement  to  consider  whether  an  underlying  event  or  transaction  is  extraordinary.    If  an  item  is  considered 
extraordinary,  it  is  presented  in  the  income  statement  net  of  tax,  after  income  from  continuing  operations. 
Eliminating the concept of extraordinary removes the uncertainty for the preparer as to whether the item had been 
treated properly. The Company will apply this guidance prospectively to all applicable transactions.  This guidance, 
which was  effective  on  January  1,  2016,  did not have  any  material  effect  on  the  Company’s  results of operations, 
cash flows, or financial position.   

Derivatives And Hedging 

 In  November  2014,  the  accounting  guidance  was  updated  for  determining  whether  the  host  contract  in  a 
hybrid  financial  instrument  issued  in  the  form  of  a  share  is  more  akin  to  debt  or  to  equity.  This  update  does  not 
change  the  current  criteria  for  determining  when  separation  of  certain  embedded  derivative  features  in  a  hybrid 
financial instrument is required, but clarifies how current accounting guidance should be interpreted in the evaluation 
of the economic characteristics and risks of a host contract in a hybrid financial instrument that is issued in the form 
of a share, reducing existing diversity in practice. The adoption of this accounting guidance, which was effective on 
January  1,  2016,  did  not  have  any  material  effect  on  the  Company’s  results  of  operations,  cash  flows  or  financial 
position. 

Stock-Based Performance Awards 

In  June  2014,  the  accounting  guidance  was  updated  for  stock-based  awards  when  the  terms  of  an  award 
provide  that  a  performance  target  that  affects  vesting  could  be  achieved  after  the  requisite  service  period.    The 
current accounting standard for stock-based compensation as it applies to awards with performance conditions should 
be  applied.  The  adoption  of  this  accounting  guidance,  which  was  effective  on  January  1,  2016,  did  not  have  any 
material effect on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial position. 

3. 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND RELATED ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS 

Accounts  receivable  are  primarily  attributable  to  advertising  which  has  been  provided  and  for  which 
payment  has  not  been  received  from  the  advertiser.    Accounts  receivable  are  net  of  agency  commissions  and  an 
estimated allowance for doubtful accounts. Estimates of the allowance for doubtful accounts are recorded based on 
management’s  judgment  of  the  collectability  of  the  accounts  receivable  based  on  historical  information,  relative 
improvements or deteriorations in the age of the accounts receivable and changes in current economic conditions.   

The accounts receivable balances and reserve for doubtful accounts, which includes amounts from the VIE, 

are presented in the following table: 

Net Accounts Receivable 
December 31, 

2016 
2015 
(amounts in thousands) 

Accounts receivable 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts 

$

$

94,309   $
(2,137)   
92,172   $

89,291 
(2,134)
87,157 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
See the table in Note 6 for accounts receivable credits outstanding as of the periods indicated.  

The  following  table,  which  includes  amounts  from  the  VIE,  presents  the  changes  in  the  allowance  for 

doubtful accounts: 

Changes In Allowance For Doubtful Accounts  

  Additions 

Year Ended 

Of Year 

Expenses 

  Balance At    Charged To    Deductions    Balance At 
  Beginning     Costs And   

From 
Reserves 

End Of 
Year 

December 31, 2016 
December 31, 2015 
December 31, 2014 

  $ 

2,134   $
2,449    
2,413    

1,330   $
1,553
1,004    

(1,327)  $
(1,868)   
(968)   

2,137 
2,134 
2,449 

(amounts in thousands) 

4. 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL 

 (A) Indefinite-Lived Intangibles    

Goodwill  and  certain  intangible  assets  are  not  amortized  for  book  purposes.  They  may  be,  however, 
amortized  for  tax  purposes.  The  Company  accounts  for  its  acquired  broadcasting  licenses  as  indefinite-lived 
intangible assets and, similar to goodwill, these assets are reviewed at least annually for impairment. At the time of 
each review, if the fair value is less than the carrying value of goodwill and certain intangibles (such as broadcasting 
licenses), then a charge is recorded to the results of operations.    

The Company may only write down the carrying value of its indefinite-lived intangibles. The Company is 

not permitted to increase the carrying value if the fair value of these assets subsequently increases.  

The following  table  presents  the  changes  in broadcasting  licenses primarily  as  a  result  of  the  acquisitions 

and disposition of radio stations: 

Broadcasting Licenses 
Carrying Amount 

  December 31, 

  December 31, 

2016 
2015 
(amounts in thousands) 

Beginning of period balance as of January 1, 
   Consolidation of a VIE 
   Acquisition of radio stations 
   Acquisition of a radio station through an exchange of assets 
   Acquisitions - other 
   Assets held for sale 
   Disposition of radio stations previously reflected as held for sale 
   Disposition of a radio station previously reflected as deconsolidated subsidiary 
Ending period balance 

  $

  $

807,381   $
15,738  
-  
-  
112  
-  
(36) 
-  

823,195   $

718,992
-
79,209
53,057
100
(1,397)
(32,979)
(9,601)
807,381

The following table presents the changes in goodwill primarily as a result of the acquisition and disposition 

of radio stations: 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill balance before cumulative loss 
     on impairment as of January 1, 
Accumulated loss on impairment as of January 1, 
Goodwill beginning balance after cumulative loss 
     on impairment as of January 1, 
Loss on impairment during year 
Acquisition of radio stations 
Acquisition of radio stations through an exchange 
Adjustment to acquired goodwill associated with an assumed fair value liability 
Disposition of radio stations previously reflected as assets held for sale 
Disposition of a radio station previously reflected as a deconsolidated subsidiary 
Ending period balance 

Broadcasting Licenses Impairment Test  

Goodwill Carrying Amount 

  December 31, 

December 31, 
2016 
2015 
(amounts in thousands) 

$ 

158,244   $ 
(125,615) 

164,465
(125,615)

32,629  
-  
-  
-  
92  
(3) 
-  

$ 

32,718   $ 

38,850
-
5,866
266
(1,364)
(10,230)
(759)
32,629

The Company performs its annual broadcasting license impairment test during the second quarter of each 

year by evaluating its broadcasting licenses for impairment at the market level using the direct method.   

During the second quarter of the current year and each of the past several years, the Company completed its 
annual impairment test for broadcasting licenses and determined that the fair value of its broadcasting licenses was 
greater  than  the  amount  reflected  in  the  balance  sheet  for  each  of  the  Company’s  markets  and,  accordingly,  no 
impairment  was  recorded.   The  annual  impairment  test  in  2016  included  the  four  new  markets  added  during  the 
second half of 2015.  For the new market added during the fourth quarter of 2016, similar valuation techniques that 
are  used  in  the  testing  process  were  applied  to  the  valuation  of  the  broadcasting  licenses  under  purchase  price 
accounting.  

Each market’s broadcasting licenses are combined into a single unit of accounting for purposes of testing 
impairment, as the broadcasting licenses in each market are operated as a single asset. The Company determines the 
fair value of the broadcasting licenses in each of its markets by relying on a discounted cash flow approach (a 10-
year  income  model)  assuming  a  start-up  scenario  in  which  the  only  assets  held  by  an  investor  are  broadcasting 
licenses. The Company’s fair value analysis contains assumptions based upon past experience, reflects expectations 
of industry observers and includes judgments about future performance using industry normalized information for an 
average station within a certain market. These assumptions include, but are not limited to: (1) the discount rate; (2) 
the market share and profit margin of an average station within a market, based upon market size and station type; (3) 
the forecast growth rate of each radio market; (4) the estimated capital start-up costs and losses incurred during the 
early years; (5) the likely media competition within the market area; (6) the tax rate; and (7) future terminal values.  

The  methodology  used  by  the  Company  in  determining  its  key  estimates  and  assumptions  was  applied 
consistently to each market. Of the seven variables identified above, the Company believes that the assumptions in 
items (1) through (3) above are the most important and sensitive in the determination of fair value. 

The  following  table  reflects  the  estimates  and  assumptions  used  in  the  second  quarter  of  each  year  (no 

interim tests were performed in these years):  

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate 
Operating profit margin ranges expected 
  for average stations in the markets 
  where the Company operates 
Long-term revenue growth rate range 
  of the Company's markets  

Estimates And Assumptions 

Second 
Quarter 
2016 
9.5% 

Second 
Quarter 
2015 
9.7% 

Second 
Quarter 
2014 
9.6% 

Second 
  Quarter 

2013 
9.8% 

14% to 40%

25% to 40%

25% to 40% 

  25% to 41%

1.0% to 2.0% 1.5% to 2.0% 1.5% to 2.0%    1.5% to 2.0%

The Company has made reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the fair value of its broadcasting 

licenses. These estimates and assumptions could be materially different from actual results.  

If  actual  market  conditions  are  less  favorable  than  those  projected  by  the  industry  or  the  Company,  or  if 
events occur or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of the Company’s broadcasting licenses below 
the  amount  reflected  in  the  balance  sheet,  the  Company  may  be  required  to  conduct  an  interim  test  and  possibly 
recognize impairment charges, which may be material, in future periods.   

There were no events or circumstances since the Company’s second quarter annual license impairment test 

that indicated an interim review of broadcasting licenses was required.  

Goodwill Impairment Test 

The  Company  performs  its  annual  goodwill  impairment  test  during  the  second  quarter  of  each  year  by 

evaluating its goodwill for each reporting unit.  

During the second quarter in each of the years 2016, 2015, and 2014, the results of step one indicated that it 
was not necessary to perform the second step analysis in any of the reporting units that contained goodwill. For the 
one  new  market  added  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2016,  similar  valuation  techniques  that  are  used  in  the  testing 
process  were  applied  to  the  valuation  of  goodwill  under  purchase  price  accounting.    See  Note  20  for  further 
discussion.  

The  Company  also  performed  a  reasonableness  test  on  the  fair  value  results  for  goodwill  on  a  combined 
basis  by  comparing  the  carrying  value  of  the  Company’s  assets  to  the  Company’s  enterprise  value  based  upon  its 
stock price.  The Company determined that the results were reasonable.   

In step one of the Company’s goodwill analysis, the Company considered the results of the market approach 
and,  when  appropriate,  the  income  approach  in  computing  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  reporting  units.  In  the 
market  approach,  the  Company  applied  an  estimated  market  multiple  to  each  reporting  unit’s  operating  profit  to 
calculate  the  fair  value.  In  the  income  approach,  the  Company  utilized  the  discounted  cash  flow  methodology  to 
calculate  the fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit.  Management  believes  that  these  approaches  are  commonly  used  and 
appropriate  methodologies  for  valuing  broadcast  radio  stations.  Factors  contributing  to  the  determination  of  the 
reporting  unit’s  operating  performance  were  historical  performance  and/or  management’s  estimates  of  future 
performance.  

The Company has determined that a radio market is a reporting unit and the Company assesses goodwill in 
each of the Company’s markets. If the fair value of any reporting unit is less than the amount reflected on the balance 
sheet,  an  indication  exists  that  the  amount  of  goodwill  attributed  to  a  reporting  unit  may  be  impaired,  and  the 
Company  is  required  to  perform  a  second  step  of  the  impairment  test.  The  Company  uses  quantitative  rather  than 
qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  it  is  necessary  to  perform  the  two-step  goodwill  impairment  test.  In  the 
second  step,  the  Company  compares  the  amount  reflected  on  the  balance  sheet  to  the  implied  fair  value  of  the 
reporting unit’s goodwill, determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets and liabilities in a 
manner similar to a purchase price allocation.   

To  determine  the  fair  value,  the  Company  uses  a  market  approach  and,  when  appropriate,  an  income 
approach in computing the fair value of each reporting unit. The market approach calculates the fair value of each 
market’s radio stations by analyzing recent sales and offering prices of similar properties expressed as a multiple of 
cash flow. The income approach utilizes a discounted cash flow method by projecting the subject property’s income 
62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
over a specified time and capitalizing at an appropriate market rate to arrive at an indication of the most probable 
selling price.  

The  following  table  reflects  the  estimates  and  assumptions  used  in  the  second  quarter  of  each  year  (no 

interim tests were performed in these years):   

Discount rate 
Long-term revenue growth rate range 
  of the Company's markets  
Market multiple used in the market 
  valuation approach 

Estimates And Assumptions 

Second 
Quarter 
2016 
9.5% 

Second 
Quarter 
2015 
9.7% 

Second 
Quarter 
2014 
9.6% 

Second 
Quarter 
2013 
9.8% 

1.0% to 2.0% 1.5% to 2.0% 1.5% to 2.0% 1.5% to 2.0% 

7.5x to 8.0x

7.5x to 8.0x

7.5x to 8.0x

7.5x to 8.0x 

If  actual  market  conditions  are  less  favorable  than  those  projected  by  the  industry  or  the  Company,  or  if 
events occur or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of the Company’s goodwill below the amount 
reflected  in  the  balance  sheet,  the  Company  may  be  required  to  conduct  an  interim  test  and  possibly  recognize 
impairment charges, which could be material, in future periods. 

There  were  no  events  or  circumstances  since  the  Company’s  second  quarter  annual  goodwill  test  that 

indicated an interim review of goodwill was required.  

(B) Definite-Lived Intangibles 

The Company has definite-lived intangible assets that consist of advertiser lists and customer relationships, 
and acquired advertising contracts. These assets are amortized over the period for which the assets are expected to 
contribute  to  the  Company’s  future  cash  flows  and  are  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For 2016, 2015 and 2014, the 
Company reviewed the carrying value and the useful lives of these assets and determined they were appropriate.  

See  Note 5 for:  (1)  a  listing of  the  assets  comprising  definite-lived  assets, which  are  included  in deferred 
charges and other assets on the balance sheets; (2) the amount of amortization expense for definite-lived assets; and 
(3) the Company’s estimate of amortization expense for definite-lived assets in future periods. 

5.   

DEFERRED CHARGES AND OTHER ASSETS  

Deferred  charges  and  other  assets,  including  definite-lived  intangible  assets  and  amounts  from  the  VIE, 

consist of the following: 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred Charges And Other Assets 
December 31, 

2016 

2015 

Asset  Reserve

Net 

Asset  Reserve   

Net 

(amounts in thousands) 

Period Of 
Amortization 

$  1,788 $ 1,491 $
169  
844  
2,504  
741
-
5,051  
$  18,556 $ 8,296 $

448  
861  
3,097  
1,810
6,361
7,288  

297 $ 1,788 $ 1,442   $ 
735  
279  
861  
17  
3,384  
593  
16,691
1,069
2,233
6,361
2,237  
6,367  
10,260 $ 28,675 $ 23,204   $ 

426    
836    
2,704    
16,457    
-    
4,043    

346  Term of contract 
309  Less than 1 year 
25  3 years 
680   
234  Term of debt 

2,233   
2,324   
5,471   

Deferred contracts and other 
  agreements 
Leasehold premium 
Other definitive-lived assets 
Total definite-lived intangibles 
Debt issuance costs 
Prepaid assets - long-term 
Software costs and other 

The  following  table  presents  the  various  categories  of  amortization  expense,  including  deferred  financing 

expense which is reflected as interest expense:  

Amortization Expense 

  Deferred Charges And Other Assets 
  For The Years Ended December 31, 

Definite-lived assets 
Deferred financing expense 
Software costs 
Total  

  $

  $

2014 

2016 

$

2015 
(amounts in thousands) 
81
2,585  
1,023  
3,689   $

2,863   
850   
3,863    $

150    $

147 
3,860 
899 
4,906 

The  following  table  presents  the  Company’s  estimate  of  amortization  expense,  for  each  of  the  five 

succeeding years for: (1) deferred charges and other assets; and (2) definite-lived assets: 

Future Amortization Expense 

  Definite-Lived

  Total 

Other 

Assets 

Years ending December 31, 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 
     Thereafter 
         Total 

  $ 

(amounts in thousands) 
757   $
597    
251    
221    
184    
1    
  $  2,604   $ 2,011   $

834   $
671    
322    
292    
253    
232    

77
74
71
71
69
231
593

6.   

OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Other current liabilities consist of the following as of the periods indicated: 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
Other Current Liabilities 
December 31, 

2016 

2015 

(amounts in thousands) 

$

$

8,059  $ 
3,571 
1,102 
3,587 
3,284 
19,603  $ 

8,865
3,575
1,198
3,547
2,739
19,924

Accrued compensation 
Accounts receivable credits 
Advertiser obligations 
Accrued interest payable 
Other 
Total other current liabilities 

7.   

OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES 

Deferred Rent Liabilities 

Under the Company’s leases, the Company recognizes: (1) escalated rents, including any rent-free periods, 
on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease for those lease agreements where the Company receives the right to 
control  the  use  of  the  entire  leased  property  at  the  beginning  of  the  lease  term;  (2)  amortization  expense  over  the 
shorter of the economic lives of the leasehold assets or the lease term, excluding any lease renewals unless the lease 
renewals are reasonably assured; (3) landlord incentive payments to the Company as deferred rent that is amortized 
as  reductions  to  lease  rent  expense  over  the  lease  term;  and  (4)  rental  costs  associated  with  ground  or  building 
operating leases, that are incurred during a construction period, as rental expense.   

For  those  leasehold  improvements  acquired  in  a  business  combination  or  acquired  subsequent  to  lease 
inception, the amortization period is based on the lesser of the useful life of the leasehold improvements or the period 
of the lease including all renewal periods that are reasonably assured of exercise at the time of the acquisition.  

The following table reflects deferred rent liabilities included under other long-term liabilities: 

Deferred Rent Liabilities
December 31,  

2016 

2015 

(amounts in thousands) 

Deferred rent liabilities 

$

6,275   $

6,137

8. 

LONG-TERM DEBT 

(A) Senior Debt 

Refinancing 

On  November  1,  2016,  the  Company  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Entercom  Radio  LLC,  (“Radio”) 
entered into a $540 million credit agreement (the “Credit Facility”) with a syndicate of lenders and used the proceeds 
to: (1) refinance its senior secured credit facility (the “Former Credit Facility”) that was comprised of: (a) a term loan 
component  (the  “Former  Term  B  Loan”)  with  $223.0  million  outstanding  at  the  date  of  the  refinancing;  and  (b)  a 
revolving  credit  facility  (the  “Former  Revolver”)  with  $3.0  million  outstanding  at  the  date  of  the  refinancing;  (2) 
fund the redemption effective December 1, 2016 of the Senior Notes and discharged the indenture (the “Indenture”) 
governing  the  Senior  Notes;  (3)  fund  $11.6  million  of  accrued  interest  and  a  call  premium  of  $5.8  million  on  the 
Senior  Notes;  and  (4)  pay  transaction  costs  associated  with  the  refinancing.    In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2016,  the 
Company wrote off $3.5 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and recorded a loss on the extinguishment 
of debt of $10.9 million. The loss included the write off deferred financing expense, the call premium on the Senior 
Notes and the write off of the original issue discount on the Senior Notes. 

The Credit Facility is comprised of a revolving credit facility and a term B loan.  

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  $60  million  revolving  credit  facility  (the  “Revolver”)  has  a  maturity  date  of  November  1,  2021  and 
provides for interest based upon the prime rate or the European London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a 
margin.  The margin may increase or decrease based upon the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio as defined in 
the  agreement.    The  initial  margin  is  at  LIBOR  plus  3.5%  or  the  prime  rate  plus  2.5%.  In  addition,  the  Revolver 
requires the payment of a commitment fee of 0.5% per annum on the unused amount. The amount available under the 
Revolver, which includes the impact of outstanding letters of credit, was $59.3 million as of December 31, 2016. 

The $480 million term B loan (the “Term B Loan”) has a maturity date of November 1, 2023 and provides 
for  interest  based  upon  the  Base  Rate  or  LIBOR,  plus  a  margin.    The  initial  rate  is  at  LIBOR  plus  3.5%,  with  a 
LIBOR  floor of 1.0%, or  the  Base  Rate  plus  2.5%.  The Base  Rate is  the  highest of: (a) the  administrative  agent’s 
prime rate; (b) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%; or (c) the LIBOR Rate plus 1.0%. The facility amortizes: (1) with 
equal  quarterly  installments  of  principal  in  annual  amounts  equal  to  1.0%  of  the  original  principal  amount  of  the 
Term B Loan; and (2) mandatory yearly prepayments based upon a percentage of Excess Cash Flow as defined in the 
loan agreement.  

The Term B Loan requires mandatory prepayments equal to a percentage of Excess Cash Flow, as defined 
within the agreement, subject to incremental step-downs, depending on the Consolidated Leverage Ratio.  Beginning 
in 2018, the Excess Cash Flow payment will be due in the first quarter of each year, and is based on the Excess Cash 
Flow and Leverage Ratio for the prior year.  The Excess Cash Flow payment due will be included under the current 
portion of long-term debt, net of any prepayments made.    

The Company expects to use the Revolver to: (1) provide for working capital; and (2) provide for general 
corporate  purposes,  including  capital  expenditures  and  any  or  all  of  the  following  (subject  to  certain  restrictions): 
repurchases of Class A common stock, repurchases of preferred stock, dividends, investments and acquisitions. The 
Credit Facility is secured by a pledge of 100% of the capital stock and other equity interest in all of the Company’s 
wholly owned subsidiaries. In addition, the Credit Facility is secured by a lien on substantially all of the Company’s 
assets  with  limited  exclusions  (including  the  Company’s  real  property).  The  Company’s  parent,  Entercom 
Communications Corp., and all of the Company’s subsidiaries, jointly and severally guaranteed the Credit Facility. 
The assets securing the Credit Facility are subject to customary release provisions which would enable the Company 
to sell such assets free and clear of encumbrance, subject to certain conditions and exceptions.  

The Credit Facility has usual and customary covenants including, but not limited to, consolidated leverage 
ratios,  consolidated  interest  coverage  ratios,  limitations  on  acquisitions,  stock  repurchases,  additional  borrowings, 
and  dividends.    Specifically,  the  Credit  Facility  requires  the  Company  to  comply  with  certain  financial  covenants 
which are defined terms within the agreement, including:  

 

a  maximum  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  that  cannot  exceed  5.0  times  through  December  31, 
2017, which decreases over time to 4.5 times as of September 30, 2018 and thereafter; and 

 

a minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of 2.0 times. 

As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio was 3.7 times and the Consolidated 

Interest Coverage Ratio was 5.1 times. 

Failure  to  comply  with  the  Company’s  financial  covenants  or  other  terms  of  its  Credit  Facility  and  any 
subsequent  failure  to  negotiate  and  obtain  any  required  relief  from  its  lenders  could  result  in  a  default  under  the 
Company’s Credit Facility.  Any event of default could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business 
and financial condition.  The acceleration of the Company’s debt could have a material adverse effect on its business.  
The Company may seek from time to time to amend its Credit Facility or obtain other funding or additional funding, 
which may result in higher interest rates.  

Management believes that over the next 12 months the Company can continue to maintain compliance with 
its financial covenants. The Company’s operating cash flow is positive, and management believes that it is adequate 
to fund the Company’s operating needs and mandatory debt repayments under the Company’s Credit Facility.  As of 
December  31,  2016,  the  Company  is  in  compliance  with  all  financial  covenants  and  all  other  terms  of  the  Credit 
Facility  in  all  material  respects.    The  Company’s  ability  to  maintain  compliance  with  its  covenants  is  highly 
dependent on its results of operations.  

Management believes that cash on hand and cash from operating activities will be sufficient to permit the 
Company to meet its liquidity requirements over the next 12 months, including its debt repayments. The Company 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
cannot  determine  if  and  when  a  new  revolving  credit  line  would  be  entered  into  to  replace  the  Revolver  when  it 
expires  on  November  1,  2021  as  market  conditions  may  impact  the  timing  and  the  Company’s  performance  may 
impact the pricing. 

For accounting purposes, a portion of the Former Credit Facility was treated as a debt extinguishment and a 
portion was treated as a debt modification.  As a result of the refinancing, unamortized deferred financing costs were 
adjusted  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2016  as  follows:  (1)  a  portion  of  the  Former  Term  B  Loan’s  unamortized 
deferred  financing  costs  of  $0.5  million  were  written  off  as  a  net  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt;  (2)  the  Former 
Revolver’s unamortized deferred financing costs of $0.1 million were written off as a net loss on extinguishment of 
debt;  and  (3)  a  portion  of  the  Former  Term  B  Loan’s  unamortized  deferred  financing  costs  of  $1.0  million  were 
deferred (to be amortized under the effective interest rate method over the term of the Term B Loan).  In addition, we 
recorded  new  deferred  financing  costs  of:  (i)  $6.9  million  for  the  Term  B  Loan  that  will  be  amortized  under  the 
effective interest rate method over the term; and (ii) $1.1 million for the Revolver that will be amortized under the 
straight-line method over the term.   

Lender  fees  and  third  party  fees  incurred  as  a  result  of  the  refinancing  which  were  expensed  during  the 
fourth  quarter  of  2016  were  as  follows:  (1)  the  amount  of  lender  fees  allocable  to  the  extinguished  portion  of  the 
Former Term B Loan of $0.2 million, which were written off as a net loss on extinguishment of debt; and (2) the 
amount of third party fees allocable to the modified portion of the Term B Loan of $0.6 million.  

Long-term debt was comprised of the following as of December 31, 2016: 

Long-Term Debt 
December 31, 

2016 
(amounts in thousands) 

2015 

  Credit Facility 

  Revolver, due November 1, 2021 
  Term B Loan, due November 1, 2023 

Former Credit Facility 
  Revolver, due November 23, 2016  
  Term B Loan, due November 23, 2018 

Senior Notes 

10.5% senior unsecured notes, due December 1, 2019 

  Unamortized original issue discount 

  $

-   $

480,000  
480,000  

-  
-  
-  

-  
-  
-  

  Other Debt 

  Capital lease and other 

Total debt before deferred financing costs 
  Current amount of long-term debt 
  Deferred financing costs (excludes the revolving credit) 
Total long-term debt, net of current debt 
Outstanding standby letters of credit 

  $
  $

87  
480,087  
(4,817) 
(7,619) 
467,651   $
670   $

- 
- 
- 

26,000 
242,750 
268,750 

220,000 
(1,731)
218,269 

- 
487,019 
(31,832)
(6,463)
448,724 
670 

Financial statements of the subsidiaries are not included in accordance with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X as: 
(1) Entercom  Communications Corp., after excluding all subsidiaries (the “Parent Company”), has no independent 
assets or operations; (2) Radio is a 100% owned finance subsidiary of the Parent Company; (3) the Parent Company 
has guaranteed the Credit Facility; (4) all of the Parent Company’s direct and indirect subsidiaries other than Radio 
have  guaranteed  the  Credit  Facility;  (5)  all  of  the  guarantees  are  full  and  unconditional  (subject  to  the  customary 
automatic release provisions); and (6) all of the guarantees are joint and several.   

Radio, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent Company, holds the ownership interest in various 
subsidiary companies that own the operating assets, including broadcasting licenses, permits, authorizations and cash 
royalties.    Radio  is  the  borrower  under  the  Credit  Facility.    The  assets  securing  the  Credit  Facility  are  subject  to 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
customary  release  provisions  which would enable  the  Company  to sell  such  assets free  and  clear  of encumbrance, 
subject to certain conditions and exceptions. 

Under  certain  covenants,  the  Company’s  subsidiary  guarantors  are  restricted  from  paying  dividends  or 
distributions in excess of amounts defined under the Credit Facility, and the subsidiary guarantors are limited in their 
ability to incur additional indebtedness under certain restrictive covenants.  See Note 21 for financial statements of 
the Parent Company. 

The Former Credit Facility 

On November 23, 2011, the Company entered into its prior credit agreement with a syndicate of lenders for 

a $425 million Credit Facility that was initially comprised of: (a) a $50 million Former Revolver (reduced to $40 
million in December 2015) that was due to mature on November 23, 2016; and (b) a $375 million Former Term B 
Loan that was due to mature on November 23, 2018.  This Former Credit Facility was paid in full on November 1, 
2016.  

The Former Credit Facility was secured by a pledge of  100% of the capital stock and other equity interest in 
all  of  the  Company’s  wholly  owned  subsidiaries.  In  addition,  the  Former  Credit  Facility  was  secured  by  a  lien  on 
substantially all of the Company’s assets, with limited exclusions (including the Company’s real property).  

The  Former  Term  B  Loan  required  mandatory  prepayments  equal  to  a  percentage  of  Excess  Cash  Flow, 
which was defined within the agreement and was subject to incremental step-downs depending on the Consolidated 
Leverage Ratio.  The payment was due in the first quarter of each year for the prior year and was included under the 
current  portion  of  long-term  debt,  net  of  any  prepayments  made  through  December  31,  2016.    For  purposes  of 
presenting the prior year financial statements, the estimate of the Excess Cash Flow reflects the amounts due under 
the Former Credit Facility in the first quarter of 2016.  

(B) Senior Unsecured Debt 

The Senior Notes 

In connection with the refinancing described above, on November 1, 2016, the Company issued a call notice 
to redeem its Senior Notes with an effective date of December 1, 2016.  The Company incurred interest in November 
2016 on both the Senior Notes and the Credit Facility as  the Company placed funds in escrow from November 1, 
2016, until the redemption date.  On November 1, 2016, the Company deposited the following funds in escrow to 
satisfy  its  obligations  under  the  Senior  Notes  and  discharge  the  Indenture  governing  the  Senior  Notes:  (1)  $220 
million to redeem the Senior Notes in full; (2) $11.6 million for accrued and unpaid interest through December 1, 
2016;  and  (3)  $5.8  million  for  a  call  premium  for  the  early  retirement  of  the  Senior  Notes.    As  a  result  of  the 
refinancing, the Company recorded a $10.1 million loss on extinguishment of debt that included the call premium, 
unamortized deferred financing expense and the original issue discount.    

As  background,  on  November  23,  2011,  the  Company  issued  $220.0  million  of  10.5%  unsecured  Senior 
Notes.  The  Company  received  net  proceeds  of  $212.7  million,  which  included  a  discount  of  $2.9  million,  and 
incurred  deferred  financing  costs  of  $6.1  million.    These  amounts  are  amortized  over  the  term  under  the  effective 
interest rate method.  Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of 
each year.   

The  Senior  Notes  were  unsecured  and  ranked:  (1)  senior  in  right  of  payment  to  the  Company’s  future 
subordinated  debt;  (2)  equally  in  right  of  payment  with  all  of  the  Company’s  existing  and  future  senior  debt;  (3) 
effectively subordinated to the Company’s existing and future secured debt (including the debt under the Company’s 
Credit Facility), to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such debt; and (4) structurally subordinated to all 
of the liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries that did not guarantee the Senior Notes, to the extent of the assets of 
those subsidiaries.  

(C) Net Interest Expense 

The components of net interest expense are as follows: 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Interest Expense 
Years Ended December 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

(amounts in thousands) 

Interest expense 
Amortization of deferred financing costs 
Amortization of original issue discount of senior notes 
Interest income and other investment income 
          Total net interest expense 

  $

  $

33,799   $
2,585  
312  
(57) 
36,639   $

34,764   $ 
2,863  
340  
(6) 
37,961   $ 

34,656
3,860
305
-
38,821

The  weighted  average  interest  rate  under  the  Credit  Facility  (before  taking  into  account  the  fees  on  the 

unused portion of the Revolver) was: (1) 4.5% as of December 31, 2016; and (2) 4.1% as of December 31, 2015.   

(D) Interest Rate Transactions  

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, there were no derivative interest rate transactions outstanding.  

The Company from time to time enters into interest rate transactions with different lenders to diversify its 
risk associated with interest rate fluctuations of its variable rate debt.  Under these transactions, the Company agrees 
with other parties (participating members of the Company’s Credit Facility) to exchange, at specified intervals, the 
difference  between  fixed  rate  and  floating  rate  interest  amounts  calculated  by  reference  to  an  agreed  notional 
principal amount against the variable debt.   

 (E) Aggregate Principal Maturities 

The  minimum  aggregate  principal  maturities  on  the  Company’s  outstanding  debt  (excluding  any  impact 

from required principal payments based upon the Company’s future operating performance) are as follows: 

Principal Debt Maturities 

Term B Loan

Other 
Revolver 
(amounts in thousands) 

Total 

Years ending December 31:    
2017 
$ 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 
     Thereafter 
         Total 

$ 

4,800   $
4,800  
4,800  
4,800  
4,800  
456,000  
480,000   $

(F) Outstanding Letters Of Credit 

-   $
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-   $

17   $
18  
21  
23  
8  
-  
87   $

4,817 
4,818 
4,821 
4,823 
4,808 
456,000 
480,087 

The  Company  is  required  to  maintain  standby  letters  of  credit  in  connection  with  insurance  coverage  as 

described in Note 20.   

(G) Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information 

As  of  December  31,  2016,  Entercom  Communications  Corp.  and  each  direct  and  indirect  subsidiary  of 
Radio  is  a  guarantor  of  Radio’s  obligations  under  the  Credit  Facility.  Separate  condensed  consolidating  financial 
information  is  not  included  as  Entercom  Communications  Corp.  does  not  have  independent  assets  or  operations, 
Radio  is  a  100%  owned  finance  subsidiary  of  Entercom  Communications  Corp.,  and  all  guarantees  by  Entercom 
Communications  Corp.  and  its  guarantor  subsidiaries  are  full,  unconditional  (subject  to  the  customary  automatic 
release provisions), joint and several under its Credit Facility. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Under the Credit Facility, Radio is permitted to make distributions to Entercom Communications Corp. in 
amounts  as  defined,  which  are  required  to  pay  Entercom  Communications  Corp.’s  reasonable  overhead  costs, 
including income taxes and other costs associated with conducting the operations of Radio and its subsidiaries.  

9. 

   PERPETUAL CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK 

In  connection  with  an  acquisition  on  July  16,  2015  as  described  in  Note  18,  Business  Combinations,  the 
Company  issued  perpetual  cumulative  convertible  preferred  stock  (“Preferred”)  that  in  the  event  of  a  liquidation, 
ranks senior to common stock as to liquidation preference. The payment of the liquidation preference of the Preferred 
will  take  preference  over  any  liquidation  payments  to  the  Company’s  common  shareholders.  The  Preferred  is 
convertible by the holder into a fixed number of 1.9 million shares, as adjusted as of December 31, 2016, at a price of 
$14.35, subject to customary anti-dilution provisions after a three-year waiting period.  At certain times (including 
during the first three years after issuance), the Company can redeem the Preferred in cash at a price of 100%. The 
dividend  rate  on  the  Preferred  at  December  31,  2016  is  8%  and  increases  over  time  to  12%.  Due  to  the  legal 
obligation  to  pay  cumulative  dividends  as  a  liquidation  preference,  the  dividends  are  accrued  as  they  are  earned 
instead of when they are declared. 

The Company reflected the Preferred as mezzanine due to a change in control contingency provision that 
provides the holder with a redeemable feature. For accounting purposes, the Preferred is not considered mandatorily 
redeemable at the holder’s option until the contingency is met.  

The Company incurred issuance costs, which are recorded as a reduction of the Preferred.  The following 

table reflects the Preferred shares authorized, issued and outstanding: 

Perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock $0.01 par value 

Shares issued and outstanding 

11  

11

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

(amounts in thousands, except 
shares) 

  Aggregate liquidation preference 
    Less stock issuance costs 
    Plus accrued dividend as of the end of period 

  Net carrying value 

10. 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Class B Common Stock 

$

$

27,500   $ 
(220) 
452  
27,732   $ 

27,500
(220)
339
27,619

Shares of Class B common stock are transferable only to Joseph M. Field, David J. Field, certain of their 
family members, their estates and trusts for any of their benefit. Upon any other transfer, shares of Class B common 
stock automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. 

In  connection  with  the  Merger,  upon  consummation  thereof,  certain  members  of  the  Field  family  have 
agreed to convert, or cause to be converted, an aggregate of 3,152,333 shares of Class B common stock to Class A 
common  stock  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  for  voluntary  conversion  of  Class  B  common  stock  pursuant  to 
Section 10(e)(i) of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation. 

Dividends  

During  the  second  quarter  of  2016,  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  commenced  an  annual  $0.30  per 
share  common  stock  dividend  program,  with  payments  that  approximate  $2.9  million  per  quarter.    Any  future 
dividends  will  be  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board  of  Directors  based  upon  the  relevant  factors  at  the  time  of  such 
consideration,  including,  without  limitation,  compliance  with  the  restrictions  set  forth  in  the  Company’s  Credit 
Facility and the Preferred.   

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company paid dividends of $0.4 million on its Preferred in each of the first three quarters of 2016.  The 

Company paid dividends of $0.6 million on its Preferred in both October 2016 and in January 2017.   

Under the Credit Facility, the Company has an initial amount of $60 million available for dividends, share 
repurchases, investments and debt repurchases, which can be used when its Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than 
or  equal  to  the  maximum  permitted  at  the  time.  The  amount  available  can  increase  over  time  based  upon  the 
Company’s  financial  performance  and  used  when  its  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  is  less  than  or  equal  to  the 
maximum Leverage Ratio permitted at the time.  There are certain other limitations that apply to its use. 

The  following  table  presents  a  summary  of  the  Company’s  dividend  activity  during  the  past  two  years 

ending December 31, 2016: 

Equity Type   
Common stock   

Payment 
Date 
  $ 
June 15, 2016 
  September 15, 2016   $ 
  December 15, 2016   $ 

Dividends 
Per Share 
 0.075  
 0.075  
 0.075  

    Aggregate
    Payment 
    Amount 
  $ 2,885,838
  $ 2,886,179
  $ 2,891,608

Preferred 

  October 16, 2015    $ 
January 16, 2016    $ 
  April 16, 2016 
  $ 
  $ 
July 16, 2016 
  October 16, 2016    $ 

 37,500.00     $
 37,500.00     $
 37,500.00     $
 37,500.00     $
 50,000.00     $

412,500
412,500
412,500
412,500
550,000

Dividend Equivalents 

The  Company’s  grants  of  RSUs  include  the  right,  upon  vesting,  to  receive  a  cash  payment  equal  to  the 
aggregate amount of dividends, if any, that holders would have received on the shares of common stock underlying 
their RSUs if such RSUs had been vested during the period.   

The following table presents the amounts accrued and unpaid on unvested RSUs: 

Balance Sheet 
Location 

Short-term  
Long-term 
Total 

  Other current liabilities 
  Other long-term liabilities 

Deemed Stock Repurchase When RSUs Vest 

  Dividend Equivalent Liabilities 

December 31, 

2016 
2015 
(amounts in thousands) 

  $

  $

260   $
348    
608   $

-
210
210

Upon  vesting  of  RSUs,  a  tax  obligation  is  created  for  both  the  employer  and  the  employee.  Unless 
employees  elect  to  pay  their  tax  withholding  obligations  in  cash,  the  Company  withholds  shares  of  stock  in  an 
amount  sufficient  to  cover  their  tax  withholding  obligations.    The  withholding  of  these  shares  by  the  Company  is 
deemed to be a repurchase of its stock. 

The following table provides summary information on the deemed repurchase of vested RSUs:  

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares of stock deemed repurchased 
Amount recorded as financing activity 

  $

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

2016 

Years Ended December 31, 
2015 
(amounts in thousands) 
232    
2,268   $

132    
1,562   $

2014 

142 
1,514 

The Company adopted the Entercom 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) during the second 
quarter  of  2016  that  commenced  with  the  third  quarter  of  2016.      The  ESPP  allows  participants  to  purchase  the 
Company’s stock equal to 85% of the market value of such shares on the purchase date.  The maximum number of 
shares  authorized  to  be  issued  under  the  ESPP  is  1.0  million.  Pursuant  to  this  plan,  the  Company  does  not  record 
compensation expense to the employee as income subject to tax on the difference between the market value and the 
purchase price, as this plan was designed to meet the requirements of Section 423(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. 
The  Company  recognizes  the  15%  discount  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  statements  of  operations  as  non-cash 
compensation expense. 

Number of shares purchased 
Non-cash compensation expense recognized 

  $

11. 

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE 

2016

Years Ended 
December 31, 
2015
(amounts in thousands) 
32  
67   $

-  
-   $ 

2014 

-
-

Net income per common share is calculated as basic net income per share and diluted net income per share. 
Basic  net  income  per  share  excludes  dilution  and  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  available  to  common 
shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per 
share  is  computed  in  the  same  manner  as  basic  net  income  after  assuming  issuance  of  common  stock  for  all 
potentially  dilutive  equivalent  shares,  which  includes  the  potential  dilution  that  could  occur:  (1)  if  the  RSUs  with 
service conditions were fully vested (using the treasury stock method); (2) if all of the Company’s outstanding stock 
options  that  are  in-the-money  were  exercised  (using  the  treasury  stock  method);  (3)  if  the  RSUs  with  service  and 
market conditions were considered contingently issuable; (4) if the RSUs with service and performance conditions 
were considered contingently issuable; and (5) if the perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock was converted 
(using  the  as  if  converted  method).    The  Company  considered  whether  the  options  to  purchase  Class  A  common 
stock in connection with the ESPP were potentially dilutive and concluded there are no dilutive shares as all options 
are automatically exercised at the balance sheet date.  

The Company considered the allocation of undistributed net income for multiple classes of common stock 
and  determined  that  it  was  appropriate  to  allocate  undistributed  net  income  between  the  Company’s  Class  A  and 
Class  B  common  stock  on  an  equal  basis.    For  purposes  of  making  this  determination,  the  Company’s  charter 
provides that the holders of Class A and Class B common stock have equal rights and privileges except with respect 
to voting on most other matters where Class B shares voted by Joseph Field or David Field have a 10 to 1 super vote. 

The following tables present the computations of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share: 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic Income (Loss) Per Share 

Numerator 

Net income (loss) available to the Company 
Preferred stock dividends 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 

Denominator 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding 
Basic net income (loss) per share available 
     to common shareholders 

Diluted Income (Loss) Per Share 

Numerator 

Net income (loss) available to the Company 
Preferred stock dividends 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 

Denominator 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding 
Effect of RSUs and options under the treasury stock method 
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding 
Diluted net income (loss) per share available
     to common shareholders 

Disclosure Of Anti-Dilutive Shares 

2016 

Year Ended December 31, 
2015 
(amounts in thousands, except share and per 
share data) 

2014 

$

$

$

$

$

38,065   $ 
1,901    
36,164   $ 

$

29,184
752
28,432   $

26,823
-
26,823

38,500,495  

  38,083,947  

37,763,353

0.94   $ 

0.75   $

0.71

38,065   $ 
1,901    
36,164   $ 

29,184
752
28,432

$

$

26,823
-
26,823

38,500,495  

  38,083,947  

1,067,567    
39,568,062  

953,976    

  39,037,923  

37,763,353
900,713
  38,664,066

$

0.91   $ 

0.73   $

0.69

The following table presents those shares excluded as they were anti-dilutive:   

Impact Of Equity Awards 
Years Ended December 31, 
2015 
(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

2014 

2016 

Dilutive or anti-dilutive for all potentially 
dilutive equivalent shares 
Excluded shares as anti-dilutive under the treasury 
stock method: 
  Options excluded 
  Price range of options excluded: from 
  Price range of options excluded: to 
  RSUs with service conditions 
Excluded RSUs with service and market conditions
  as market conditions not met 
Excluded RSUs with service and performance
  conditions until performance criteria is probable 
Excluded preferred stock as anti-dilutive under the as if method

12. 

DEFERRED GAINS 

dilutive 

dilutive 

dilutive 

$
$

-
-
-
-

$
$

14     
11.24   $ 
11.78   $ 
8  

267    

165    

-    

1,943

29    
882    

30
10.11
33.90
1

193

11
-

In  connection  with  the  sale  of  certain  of  the  Company’s  broadcasting  towers  in  2013,  the  Company 
continues to rent antenna space on these towers from the buyer.  The sale of the towers was recorded as a sale and 
leaseback transaction for book purposes with most of the gain amortized on a straight-line basis over the 16.5 year 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
life of the leases. All of the leases were accounted for as operating leases.  The yearly gain of $0.6 million is included 
in the statement of operations under net (gain) loss on sale or disposal of assets. 

Minimum rental commitments at December 31, 2016 for these non-cancellable leases are included within 

the operating lease commitment table under Note 20. 

13. 

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION 

Equity Compensation Plan 

Under  the  Entercom  Equity  Compensation  Plan  (the  “Plan”),  the  Company  is  authorized  to  issue  share-
based  compensation  awards  to  key  employees,  directors  and  consultants.    The  RSUs  and  options  that  have  been 
issued  generally  vest  over  periods  of  up  to  four  years.  The  options  expire  ten  years  from  the  date  of  grant.  The 
Company issues new shares of Class A common stock upon the exercise of stock options and the later of vesting or 
issuance of RSUs.   

On  January  1  of  each  year,  the  number  of  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock  authorized  under  the  Plan  is 
automatically  increased  by  1.5  million,  or  a  lesser  number  as  may  be  determined  by  the  Company’s  Board  of 
Directors. The Board of Directors elected to again forego the January 1, 2016 and January 1, 2017 increase in the 
shares available for grant. As of December 31, 2016, the shares available for grant were 1.4 million shares.  

The  Plan  includes  certain  performance  criteria  for  purposes  of  satisfying  expense  deduction  requirements 

for income tax purposes.   

Accounting For Share-Based Compensation 

The  measurement  and  recognition  of  compensation  expense,  for  all  share-based  payment  awards  made  to 
employees and directors, is based on estimated fair values. The fair value is determined at the time of grant: (1) using 
the Company’s stock price for RSUs; and (2) using the Black Scholes model for options.  The value of the portion of 
the  award  that  is  ultimately  expected  to  vest  is  recognized  as  expense  over  the  requisite  service  periods  in  the 
Company’s  consolidated  statements  of  operations.    Estimated  forfeitures  are  revised,  if  necessary,  in  subsequent 
periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.   

RSU Activity 

The following is a summary of the changes in RSUs under the Plan during the current period: 

Number 
Of 

    Restricted  

Stock 
Units 

Weighted 
Average 
Purchase 
Price 

Aggregate 
  Weighted 
Intrinsic 
  Average 
  Remaining 
Value As Of 
  Contractual  December 31, 
  Term (Years)

2016 

-

-

-

1.5 $

31,744,348

1.5 $

28,721,961

- $

747,864

RSUs outstanding as of:  
RSUs awarded 
RSUs released 
RSUs forfeited 
RSUs outstanding as of:  
RSUs vested and expected 
      to vest as of: 
RSUs exercisable (vested and  
      deferred) as of: 
Weighted average remaining  
      recognition period in years 
Unamortized compensation  
      expense, net of estimated 
      forfeitures 

Period Ended 

December 31, 2015 

December 31, 2016 

1,590,417  
1,122,585  
(611,383)  
(26,825)  
2,074,794 $

December 31, 2016 

1,926,132 $

December 31, 2016 

48,880 $

2.2  

  $

10,822,456  

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents additional information on RSU activity: 

2016 

Years Ended December 31, 
2015 
Shares    Amount    Shares    Amount    Shares    Amount 
(amounts in thousands, except per share) 

2014 

RSUs issued 
RSUs forfeited - service based 
Net RSUs issued and increase 
   (decrease) to paid-in capital 
Weighted average grant date 
   fair value per share 
Fair value of shares vested per share 
RSUs vested and released 

1,123   $ 10,381  
(280) 

(27) 

796   $
(58) 

9,045  
(709) 

685   $  5,754
(727)
(47) 

1,096   $ 10,101  

738   $

8,336  

638   $  5,027

  $ 
  $ 

9.24    
9.30    
611    

  $
  $

11.36    
11.85    
406    

  $ 
8.40    
  $  10.58    
410    

RSUs With Service And Market Conditions  

The Company issued RSUs with service and market conditions that are included in the table above. These 
shares vest if: (1) the Company’s stock achieves certain shareholder performance targets over a defined measurement 
period; and (2) the employee fulfills a minimum service period. The compensation expense is recognized even if the 
market  conditions  are  not  satisfied  and  are  only  reversed  in  the  event  the  service  period  is  not  met,  as  all  of  the 
conditions need to be satisfied.  These RSUs are amortized over the longest of the explicit, implicit or derived service 
periods, which range from approximately one to three years.  

The following table presents the changes in outstanding RSUs with market conditions:  

Years Ended December 31, 
2015 
(amounts in thousands, except per share data) 

2016 

2014 

Reconciliation Of RSUs With Market Conditions 
  Beginning of period balance 
  Number of RSUs granted 
  Number of RSUs forfeited  
  Number of RSUs vested 
  End of period balance 
  Weighted average fair value of RSUs granted 
     with market conditions 

390  
470  
-  
(230) 
630    

290  
165  
-  
(65) 
390    

-
290
-
-
290

  $

7.34   $

8.39   $ 

6.90

The fair value of RSUs with service conditions is estimated using the Company’s closing stock price on the 
date of the grant. To determine the fair value of RSUs with service and  market conditions, the Company used the 
Monte Carlo simulation lattice model. The Company’s determination of the fair value was based on the number of 
shares granted, the Company’s stock price on the date of grant and certain assumptions regarding a number of highly 
complex and subjective variables. If other reasonable assumptions were used, the results could differ.  

The specific assumptions used for these valuations are as follows:  

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
   
 
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
Years Ended 
December 31, 

2016 

2015 

Expected Volatility Structure (1) 
Risk Free Interest Rate (2) 
Dividend Yield (3) 

35% to 45% 

34% to 39% 

0.4% to 1.1% 

0.1% to 1.1% 

7.5% 

0.0% 

(1)  Expected  Volatility  Term  Structure  -  The  Company  estimated  the  volatility  term  structure  using:  (1)  the 
historical  volatility  of  its  stock;  and  (2)  the  implied  volatility  provided  by  its  traded  options  from  a  trailing 
month’s average of the closing bid-ask price quotes. 

(2)  Risk-Free  Interest  Rate  -  The  Company  estimated  the  risk-free  interest  rate  based  upon  the  implied  yield 

available on U.S. Treasury issues using the Treasury bond rate as of the date of grant. 

(3)  Quarterly Dividend Payment As A Constant – The Company assumed a constant quarterly dividend of $0.075 

per share. Prior to 2016, the Company had no recent history of dividend payments. 

RSUs With Service And Performance Conditions 

In addition to the RSUs included in the table above summarizing the activity in RSUs under the Plan, the 
Company issued RSUs with both service and performance conditions. Vesting of performance-based awards, if any, 
is dependent upon the achievement of certain performance targets.  If the performance standards are not achieved, all 
unvested shares will expire and any accrued expense will be reversed. The Company determines the requisite service 
period on a case-by-case basis to determine the expense recognition period for non-vested performance based RSUs. 
The fair value is determined based upon the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.  The 
Company  applies  a  quarterly  probability  assessment  in  computing  its  non-cash  compensation  expense  and  any 
change in the estimate is reflected as a cumulative adjustment to expense in the quarter of the change.  

The following table reflects the activity of RSUs with service and performance conditions: 

Years Ended December 31, 

2016 

2014 
(amounts in thousands, except per share 

2015 

Reconciliation Of RSUs With Service And Performance 
Conditions 
  Beginning of period balance 
  Number of RSUs granted 
  Number of RSUs that did not meet criteria 
  Number of RSUs vested 
  End of period balance 
  Average fair value of RSUs granted with performance
     conditions 

29  
-  
(29) 
-  
-    

8  
21  
-  
-  
29    

-
11
(3)
-
8

  $

-   $

11.11   $ 

9.60

As of December 31, 2016, no non-cash compensation expense was recognized for RSUs with performance 

conditions. 

Option Activity 

The following table presents the option activity during the current year ended under the Plan: 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
Period Ended 

Number Of
Options 

December 31, 2015 

466,925 $

Options outstanding as of: 
Options granted 
Options exercised 
Options forfeited 
Options expired 
Options outstanding as of: 

Options vested and expected to  
     vest as of: 

December 31, 2016 

December 31, 2016 

Options vested and exercisable as of:  December 31, 2016 
Weighted average remaining 
     recognition period in years 
Unamortized compensation expense,  
     net of estimated forfeitures 

-

(134,238)  

-

(3,125)  
329,562 $

329,562 $
329,562 $

-  

$

3,909  

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

  Weighted 
  Average 
  Remaining 
  Contractual December 31,
 Term (Years)

Intrinsic 
Value 
As Of  

2016 

1.93    
-    
1.98    

1.91  

1.91  
1.91  

2.1 $

4,412,386

2.1 $
2.1 $

4,412,386
4,412,386

The following table summarizes significant ranges of outstanding and exercisable options as of the current 

period: 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Range Of 
Exercise Prices 

  Number Of  Weighted  
  Options 
  Outstanding Remaining 
  December 31, Contractual 

Average 

From 

To 

2016 

Life 

Weighted  
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

  Number Of        
Options 
  Exercisable    
  December 31,  

2016 

  Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

$ 
$ 
$ 

1.34   $ 
2.02   $ 
1.34   $ 

1.34  
11.78  
11.78  

304,562  
25,000  
329,562  

2.1   $
1.8   $
2.1   $

1.34  
8.87  
1.91  

304,562   $ 
25,000   $ 
329,562   $ 

1.34
8.87
1.91

The following table provides summary information on the granting and vesting of options: 

Option Issuance And Exercise Data 

2016 

Years Ended December 31, 
2015 
(amounts in thousands except for per share and years) 
To 

  From   

  From   

2014 

To 

To 

From 

  $

1.34   $ 11.69   $

Exercise price range of options issued 
Upon vesting, period to exercise in years   
Fair value per share upon grant 
Intrinsic value per share upon exercise 
Intrinsic value of options exercised 
Tax benefit from options exercised (1) 
Cash received from exercise price of 
  options exercised 
Number of options granted 

1
-  
  $
  $ 12.21  
  $ 1,678  

  $

  $

636  

265  
-  

10  

  $
  $
  $

  $

  $

-
-

-   $
-
-  
8.57  
101  

38  

35  
-  

-   $ 
-  

-   $ 
-     
-      
  $ 
  $  8.99      
517     
  $ 

  $ 

196     

  $ 

82     
-      

(1)  Amount excludes impact from suspended income tax benefits and/or valuation allowances. 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Valuation Of Options  

The Company estimates the fair value of option awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model.  
The Company used the straight-line single option method for recognizing compensation expense, which was reduced 
for  estimated  forfeitures  based  on  awards  ultimately  expected  to  vest.    The  Company’s  determination  of  the  fair 
value  of  share-based  payment  awards  on  the  date  of  grant  using  an  option-pricing  model  is  affected  by  the 
Company’s  stock  price,  as  well  as  assumptions  regarding  a  number  of  highly  complex  and  subjective  variables. 
These variables include, but are not limited to, the Company’s expected stock price volatility over the term of the 
awards, and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors.  Option-pricing models were developed 
for  use  in  estimating  the  value  of  traded  options  that  have  no  vesting  or  hedging  restrictions  and  are  fully 
transferable.  The  Company’s  stock  options  have  certain  characteristics  that  are  different  from  traded  options,  and 
changes in the subjective assumptions could affect the estimated value.   

For  options  granted,  the  Company  used  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  and  determined:  (1)  the 
term by using the simplified plain-vanilla method as the Company’s employee exercise history may not be indicative 
for estimating future exercises; (2) a historical volatility over a period commensurate with the expected term, with 
the  observation  of  the volatility  on  a  daily  basis;  (3)  a  risk-free  interest  rate  that  was  consistent  with  the  expected 
term of the stock options and based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant; and (4) an 
annual dividend yield based upon the Company’s most recent quarterly dividend at the time of grant.   

There have been no options issued in any of the years presented.   

Recognized Non-Cash Stock-Based Compensation Expense 

The following non-cash stock-based compensation expense, which is related primarily to RSUs, is included 

in each of the respective line items in our statement of operations:  

2016 

Years Ended December 31, 
2015 
(amounts in thousands) 

2014 

Station operating expenses 
Corporate general and administrative expenses 
Stock-based compensation expense included in operating expenses 
Income tax benefit (1) 
Net stock-based compensation expense 

  $

  $

1,363   $ 
5,176  
6,539  
2,321  
4,218   $ 

1,259   $
4,265  
5,524  
2,036  
3,488   $

919
4,313
5,232
1,502
3,730

(1)  Amount excludes impact from suspended income tax benefits and/or valuation allowances. 

14. 

INCOME TAXES 

Effective Tax Rate - Overview 

The Company’s effective income tax rate may be impacted by: (1) changes in the level of income in any of 
the  Company’s  taxing  jurisdictions;  (2)  changes  in  the  statutes  and  rules  applicable  to  taxable  income  in  the 
jurisdictions in which the Company operates; (3) changes in the expected outcome of income tax audits; (4) changes 
in  the  estimate  of  expenses  that  are  not  deductible  for  tax  purposes;  (5)  income  taxes  in  certain  states  where  the 
states’  current  taxable  income  is  dependent  on factors other  than  the  Company’s  consolidated  net  income;  and  (6) 
adding facilities in states that on average have different income tax rates from states in which the Company currently 
operates and the resulting effect on previously reported temporary differences between the tax and financial reporting 
bases  of  the  Company’s  assets  and  liabilities.  The  Company’s  annual  effective  tax  rate  may  also  be  materially 
impacted  by  tax  expense  associated  with  non-amortizable  assets  such  as  broadcasting  licenses  and  goodwill  and 
changes in the deferred tax valuation allowance. 

78 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
An impairment loss for financial statement purposes will result in an income tax benefit during the period 

incurred as the amortization of broadcasting licenses and goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes. 

Expected And Reported Income Taxes (Benefit) 

Income tax expense (benefit) computed using the United States federal statutory rates is reconciled to the 

reported income tax expense (benefit) as follows:  

2016 

Years Ended December 31, 
2015 
(amounts in thousands) 

2014 

Federal statutory income tax rate  

35% 

35% 

35%

Computed tax expense at federal statutory rates on income 
    before income taxes  
State income tax expense, net of federal benefit 
Non-recognition of expense due to full valuation allowance 
Tax benefit shortfall associated with share-based awards 
Nondeductible expenses and other 
Income taxes 

  $

$

18,501   $
(5,202) 
-  
286  
1,209  
14,794   $

16,667   $
1,333  
(244) 
12  
669  
18,437   $

16,357
2,491
-
62
1,001
19,911

For 2016 

The  effective  income  tax  rate  was  28.0%.    This  rate  was  lower  than  the  federal  statutory  rate  of  35% 
primarily  due  to  the  combination  of:  (1)  tax  benefits  associated  with  legislative  changes  in  certain  single  member 
states; (2) a reduction in our valuation allowances against net operating losses in certain single member states as a 
result of internal restructuring; and (3) the reliance more on share-based awards issued to senior management that are 
fully deductible for tax purposes. 

For 2015 

The  effective  income  tax  rate  was  38.7%.    This  rate  was  higher  than  the  federal  statutory  rate  of  35% 
primarily  due  to  the  combination  of:  (1)  an  increase  in  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  associated  with  non-amortizable 
assets  such  as  broadcasting  licenses  and  goodwill;  (2)  an  adjustment  for  expenses  that  are  not  deductible  for  tax 
purposes; and (3) a tax benefit shortfall associated with share-based awards.   

The income tax rate has been trending down as expenses not deductible for tax purposes have decreased due 
to the issuance to senior management of a higher percentage of awards that were fully deductible for tax purposes.  
Effective  during  the  second  half  of  2015,  the  estimated  annual  income  tax  rate  increased  due  to  the  impact  of 
acquisitions on the Company’s state income apportionments to states with higher income tax rates. This increase was 
offset by a discrete state income tax credit due to recent legislation that allowed for the release of a partial valuation 
allowance in a certain single member state.   

For 2014 

The  effective  income  tax  rate  was  42.6%.    This  rate  was  higher  than  the  federal  statutory  rate  of  35% 
primarily  due  to  the  combination  of:  (1)  an  increase  in  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  associated  with  non-amortizable 
assets  such  as  broadcasting  licenses  and  goodwill;  (2)  an  adjustment  for  expenses  that  are  not  deductible  for  tax 
purposes; and (3) a tax benefit shortfall associated with share-based awards.  In addition, the Company recorded a 
discrete tax benefit from legislatively reduced income tax rates in certain states.  

Income Tax Expense 

Income tax expense (benefit) for each year is summarized as follows:  

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31, 
2015 

2016 

2014 

  Current: 

  Federal 
   State 

  Total current 

  Deferred: 
   Federal 
  State 

  Total deferred  

  $

(33)  $
139  
106  

25   $ 
90  
115  

- 
100 
100 

19,980  
(5,292) 
14,688  

17,042  
1,280  
18,322  

17,373 
2,438 
19,811 

Total income taxes (benefit)  

  $

14,794   $

18,437   $ 

19,911 

Deferred Tax Assets And Deferred Tax Liabilities 

The income tax accounting process to determine the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities involves 
estimating  all  temporary  differences  between  the  tax  and  financial  reporting  bases  of  the  Company’s  assets  and 
liabilities based on tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the period in which the differences are expected to 
affect taxable income. These estimates include assessing the likely future tax consequences of events that have been 
recognized  in  the  Company’s  financial  statements  or  tax  returns.    Changes  to  these  estimates  could  have  a  future 
impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. 

In November 2015, the accounting guidance for balance sheet classification of deferred taxes was modified 
to present deferred taxes for each jurisdiction as noncurrent on the balance sheet.  Previously, deferred taxes were 
presented for each jurisdiction as a net current asset or liability and net noncurrent asset or liability. The Company 
elected to early adopt this standard on a prospective basis as of October 1, 2016, as is permitted under the standard.  
Due  to  the  prospective  treatment,  prior  periods  presented  in  these  financial  statements  have  not  been  retroactively 
adjusted. 

The tax effects of significant temporary differences that comprise the net deferred tax assets and liabilities 

are as follows: 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax assets:  

Employee benefits 
Deferred compensation 
Provision for doubtful accounts 
Deferred gain on tower transaction 
Other 
Total current deferred tax assets before valuation allowance 
Valuation allowance 
Total current deferred tax assets - net 
Federal and state income tax loss carryforwards 
Share-based compensation 
Investments - impairments 
Lease rental obligations 
Deferred compensation  
Deferred gain on tower transaction 
Property, equipment and certain intangibles (other  

than   

Advertiser broadcasting obligations 
Employee benefits 
Provision for doubtful accounts 
Other non-current 
Total non-current deferred tax assets before valuation allowance 
Valuation allowance 
Total non-current deferred tax assets - net 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Advertiser broadcasting obligations 
Total current deferred tax liabilities 
Deferral of gain recognition on the extinguishment of debt 
Broadcasting licenses and goodwill 
Total non-current deferred tax liabilities 
Total deferred tax liabilities 
Total net deferred tax liabilities 

Valuation Allowance For Deferred Tax Assets 

December 31, 

2016 

2015 

(amounts in thousands) 

  $

  $

  $

-   $ 
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
126,278  
3,145  
499  
3,504  
5,307  
3,035  

4,036  
47  
944  
795  
1,532  
149,122  
(12,861) 
136,261   $ 

-   $ 
-  
(3,031) 
(226,128) 
(229,159) 
(229,159) 

  $

(92,898)  $ 

783
988
835
235
987
3,828
(231)
3,597
129,944
3,218
499
3,440
3,968
3,039

4,804
-
-
-
1,014
149,926
(20,407)
129,519

(133)
(133)
(4,568)
(206,594)
(211,162)
(211,295)
(78,179)

Judgment  is  required  in  estimating  valuation  allowances  for  deferred  tax  assets.  Deferred  tax  assets  are 
reduced by a valuation allowance if an assessment of their components indicates that it is more likely than not that all 
or some portion of these assets will not be realized. The realization of a deferred tax asset ultimately depends on the 
existence of sufficient taxable income in the carryforward periods under tax law. The Company periodically assesses 
the need for valuation allowances for deferred tax assets based on more-likely-than-not realization threshold criteria. 
In the Company’s assessment, appropriate consideration is given to all positive and negative evidence related to the 
realization  of  the  deferred  tax  assets.  This  assessment  considers,  among  other  matters,  forecasts  of  future 
profitability,  the  duration  of  statutory  carryforward  periods  and  any  ownership  change  limitations  under  Internal 
Revenue Code Section 382 on the Company’s future income that can be used to offset historic losses. 

As changes occur in the Company’s assessments regarding its ability to recover its deferred tax assets, the 
Company’s  tax  provision  is  increased  in  any  period  in  which  the  Company  determines  that  the  recovery  is  not 
probable. 

The  following  table  presents  the  changes  in  the  deferred  tax  asset  valuation  allowance  for  the  periods 

indicated:  

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Increase 
(Decrease)  
Charged   

Increase 
(Decrease)  
Charged   
  (Credited)      
To  

  (Credited)
  To Income  
Taxes 
(Benefit) 
(amounts in thousands) 

  Balance 

Sheet 

  Balance At

End Of 
Year 

  Balance At 
  Beginning    
Of Year 

Year Ended 

December 31, 2016  $ 
December 31, 2015 
December 31, 2014 

20,638 
20,766 
20,238 

  $

(7,777)  $
(165) 
528    

-   $
37    
-    

12,861
20,638
20,766

Liabilities For Uncertain Tax Positions 

The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on whether evidence indicates that it is 
more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit.  It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate 
such amounts, as this requires the Company to estimate the probability of various possible outcomes.  The Company 
reevaluates these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. Changes in assumptions may result in the recognition 
of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision. 

The  Company  classifies  interest  and  penalties  that  are  related  to  income  tax  liabilities  as  a  component  of 
income  tax  expense.  The  income  tax  liabilities  and  accrued  interest  and  penalties  are  presented  as  non-current 
liabilities, as payments are not anticipated within one year of the balance sheet date. These non-current income tax 
liabilities are recorded in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. 

The Company’s liabilities for uncertain tax positions are reflected in the following table: 

December 31, 

2015 
2016 
(amounts in thousands) 

Liabilities for uncertain tax positions 
  Tax 
  Interest and penalties 
  Total 

  $ 

  $ 

-   $
-  
-   $

67
170
237

The amounts for interest and penalties expense reflected in the statements of operations were eliminated in 
the statements of cash flows under net deferred taxes (benefit) and other as no cash payments were made during these 
periods.  

The following table presents the expense (income) for uncertain tax positions, which amounts were reflected 

in the consolidated statements of operations as an increase (decrease) to income tax expense: 

Tax expense (income) 
Interest and penalties (income)   
Total income taxes (benefit)  
   from uncertain tax positions 

  $ 

  $ 

2016 

Years Ended December 31, 
2015 
(amounts in thousands) 

2014 

(67)  $

(170) 

(237)  $

-   $

20  

20   $

-
18

18

The decrease in liabilities for uncertain tax positions for 2016 primarily reflects the expiration of the statute 

of limitations for certain uncertain tax positions incurred in prior years.   

The following table presents the gross amount of changes in unrecognized tax benefits: 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016 

Years Ended December 31, 
2015 
(amounts in thousands) 

2014 

Beginning of year balance 
Prior year positions 
  Gross Increases 
  Gross Decreases 
Current year positions 
  Gross Increases 
  Gross Decreases 
Settlements with tax authorities 
Reductions due to statute lapse 
End of year balance 

  $

(7,690)  $

(7,690)  $

(7,690)

-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
552  
(7,138)  $

-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  

(7,690)  $

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
(7,690)

  $

Ending liability balance included above that was 
reflected as an offset to deferred tax assets 

  $

(7,138)  $

(7,623)  $

(7,623)

The  gross  amount  of  the  Company’s  unrecognized  tax  benefits  is  reflected  in  the  above  table  which,  if 
recognized, would impact the Company’s effective income tax rate in the period of recognition. The total amount of 
unrecognized tax benefits could increase or decrease within the next 12 months for a number of reasons including the 
expiration of statutes of limitations, audit settlements and tax examination activities.  

As of December 31, 2016, there were no significant unrecognized net tax benefits (exclusive of interest and 
penalties)  that over  the next 12  months  are  subject  to  the  expiration of various  statutes  of  limitation.    Interest  and 
penalties accrued on uncertain tax positions are released upon the expiration of statutes of limitations.   

Federal And State Income Tax Audits 

The  Company  is  subject  to  federal  and  state  income  tax  audits  from  time  to  time  that  could  result  in 
proposed assessments.  Management believes that the Company has  made sufficient tax provisions for tax periods 
that are within the statutory period of limitations not previously audited and that are potentially open for examination 
by  the  taxing authorities.  Potential  liabilities  associated with  these  years  will  be resolved when  an event occurs  to 
warrant closure, primarily through the completion of audits by the taxing jurisdictions, or if the statute of limitations 
expires. To the extent audits or other events result in a material adjustment to the accrued estimates, the effect would 
be  recognized  during  the  period  of  the  event.  There  can  be  no  assurance,  however,  that  the  ultimate  outcome  of 
audits  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  the  Company’s  financial  position,  results  of  operations  or  cash 
flows.  

The  Company  cannot  predict  with  certainty  how  these  audits  will  be  resolved  and  whether  the  Company 
will  be  required  to  make  additional  tax  payments,  which  may  include  penalties  and  interest.  During  2010,  the 
Company concluded an audit by the IRS with no proposed adjustment for the tax years of 2004 through 2008.  For 
most states where the Company conducts business, the Company is subject to examination for the preceding three to 
six years. In certain states, the period could be longer.   

Income Tax Payments, Refunds And Credits 

The  Company  paid  a  $0.2  million  Alternative  Minimum  Tax  (“AMT”)  associated  with  expected  income 
subject  to  tax  for  2016,  before  the  offset  of  available  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  (“NOLs”).  The  AMT  is 
available to be carried forward indefinitely to be used as a credit to offset future income tax liabilities. 

The  following  table  provides  the  amount  of  income  tax  payments  and  income  tax  refunds for  the periods 

indicated: 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016 

Years Ended December 31, 
2015 
(amounts in thousands) 

2014 

State income tax payments 
Federal and state income tax refunds 

  $
  $

381   $
-   $

81   $
-   $

79
10

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards 

The  Company  has recorded a  valuation  allowance for  certain  of its  state  NOLs  as  the  Company  does  not 
expect to obtain a benefit in future periods. In addition, utilization in future years of the NOL carryforwards may be 
subject to limitations due to the changes in ownership provisions under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code 
and similar state provisions.   

Windfall  tax  benefits  will  be  recognized  for  book  purposes  and  recorded  to  paid-in  capital  only  when 
realized.  The  Company  does  not  recognize  a  deferred  tax  asset  for  unrealized  tax  benefits  associated  with  the  tax 
deductions  in  excess  of  the  compensation  recorded  (excess  tax  benefit).      Effective  January  1,  2017  under  new 
accounting guidance, the Company will recognize past and future unrealized tax benefits associated with the excess 
tax benefit. 

The Company applies the “with and without” approach for utilization of tax attributes upon realization of 
NOLs  in  the  future.  This  method  allocates  stock-based  compensation  benefits  last  among  other  tax  benefits 
recognized.   

In connection with the Merger, the Company believes it will be limited in its future annual ability to utilize 

its NOLs due to the ownership change.   

The  NOLs  reflected  in  the  following  table  exclude  these  windfall  stock  compensation  deductions.    In 
addition, the NOLs reflect an estimate of the NOLs for the 2016 tax filing year as these returns will not be filed until 
later in 2017: 

Net Operating Losses 
December 31, 2016 

Suspended   
NOLs 
Windfall 
(amounts in thousands) 

  NOL Expiration Period 

(in years) 

Federal NOL carryforwards 
State NOL carryforwards 
State income tax credit 

  $
  $
  $

285,521   $
618,399   $
1,248  

13,338  
9,837  

2030 
2017 

to 
to 
to 

2036 
2036 
2018 

Corporate Structure Simplification 

To  simplify  its  corporate  structure  and  accounting  processes,  effective  December  31,  2016,  the  Company 
merged  into  Radio  one  of  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  that  provided  financing  and  lending  to  other  operating 
affiliates. The upstream merger of this entity with and into Radio was treated as a nontaxable Section 332 liquidation 
for federal income tax purposes.  As a result, no gain or loss was recognized by the subsidiary on the distribution of 
property to the parent.  The tax basis of the property received by Radio was a carryover basis and any tax attributes 
of  the  merged  subsidiary  were  carried  over  to  Radio  by  virtue  of  IRC  Section  381.  The  upstream  merger  did  not 
result in any additional federal or state income tax liabilities.   

As  a  result  of this  upstream  merger  described  above,  the  Company  determined  it  will  be  able  to  utilize  a 
higher percentage  of  State  NOLs  prior  to  their  expiration.    Therefore,  the  Company  released  valuation  allowances 
against its State NOLs in the amount of $4.7 million, thereby reducing its income tax provision in 2016. 

15. 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES ON NON-CASH INVESTING AND 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides non-cash disclosures during the periods indicated: 

2016 

Years Ended December 31, 
2015 
(amounts in thousands) 

2014 

Operating Activities 
  Barter revenues 
  Barter expenses 
Financing Activities 

Increase in paid-in capital from the issuance of RSUs 
  Decrease in paid-in capital from the forfeiture of RSUs 
  Net paid-in capital of RSUs issued (forfeited) 

Perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock issued
    in connection with an acquisition 

  Dividend accrued on perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock 
Investing Activities 
  Cash acquired through consolidation of a VIE 
  Net radio station assets given up in a market 
  Net radio station assets acquired in a market 
  Radio station assets acquired through the issuance of perpetual

   cumulative convertible preferred stock 

16. 

EMPLOYEE SAVINGS AND BENEFIT PLANS  

Deferred Compensation Plans 

  $
  $

  $

  $

  $
  $

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

  $

4,700   $ 
4,789   $ 

4,002   $
4,258   $

3,826
3,665

10,381   $ 
(280) 
10,101   $ 

9,045   $
(709) 
8,336   $

5,754
(727)
5,027

-   $ 
452   $ 

27,500   $
339   $

302   $ 
-   $ 
-   $ 

-   $
59,000   $
59,000   $

-   $ 

27,500   $

-
-

-
-
-

-

The Company provides certain of its employees and the Board of Directors with an opportunity to defer a 
portion of their compensation on a tax-favored basis. The obligations by the Company to pay these benefits under the 
deferred  compensation  plans  represent  unsecured  general  obligations  that  rank  equally  with  the  Company’s  other 
unsecured  indebtedness.  Amounts  deferred  under  these  plans  were  included  in  other  long-term  liabilities  in  the 
consolidated  balance  sheets.  Any  change  in  the  deferred  compensation  liability  for  each  period  is  recorded  to 
corporate general and administrative expenses and to station operating expenses in the statement of operations.  

Benefit Plan Disclosures 

Deferred compensation 
  Beginning of period balance 
  Employee compensation deferrals  
  Employee compensation payments 
  Increase (decrease) in plan fair value  
  End of period balance 

401(k) Savings Plan 

2016 

Years Ended December 31, 
2015 
(amounts in thousands) 

2014 

  $

  $

10,137     $
963    
(945)   
720    
10,875     $

11,017   $
534  
(1,464) 
50  
10,137   $

10,459 
420 
(734)
872 
11,017 

The  Company  has  a  savings  plan  which  is  intended  to  be  qualified  under  Section  401(k)  of  the  Internal 
Revenue Code.  The plan is a defined contribution plan, available to all eligible employees, and allows participants to 
contribute up to the legal maximum of their eligible compensation, not to exceed the maximum tax-deferred amount 
allowed by the Internal Revenue Service.  The Company’s discretionary matching contribution is subject to certain 
conditions.   The Company’s contributions for 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $1.0 million, $0.9 million and $0.8 million, 
respectively. 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17. 

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

Fair Value Of Financial Instruments Subject To Fair Value Measurements 

The Company has determined the types of financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurement 
are:  (1)  certain  tangible  and  intangible  assets  subject  to  impairment  testing  as  described  in  Note  4;  (2)  financial 
instruments  as  described  in  Note  8;  (3)  deemed  deferred  compensation  plans  as  described  in  Note  16;  (4)  lease 
abandonment liabilities as described in Note 18; and (5) interest rate derivative transactions that are outstanding from 
time to time (none currently outstanding). 

The fair value is the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset or be paid to transfer a liability in 
an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date  (exit  price).  The  Company  utilizes 
market data or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions 
about  risk  and  the  risks  inherent  to  the  inputs  of  the  valuation  technique.  These  inputs  can  be  readily  observable, 
market corroborated, or generally unobservable. The Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of 
observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to 
measure  fair  value.  The  hierarchy  assigns  the  highest  priority  to  unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for 
identical  assets  or  liabilities  (Level  1  measurement)  and  the  lowest  priority  to  unobservable  inputs  (Level  3 
measurement).  

The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:  

Level 1 – Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting 
date.   

Level 2 – Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either 
directly or indirectly observable as of the reported date.  

Level 3 – Pricing inputs include significant inputs that are generally less observable than objective sources. 
These  inputs  may  be  used  with  internally  developed  methodologies  that  result  in  management’s  best 
estimate of fair value. At each balance sheet date, the Company performs an analysis of all instruments and 
includes in Level 3 all of those whose fair value is based on significant unobservable inputs.  

Recurring Fair Value Measurements 

The following table sets forth the Company's financial assets and/or liabilities that were accounted for at fair 
value on a recurring basis and are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to 
the  fair  value  measurement.  The  Company's  assessment  of  the  significance  of  a  particular  input  to  the  fair  value 
measurement  requires  judgment  and  may  affect  the  valuation  of  fair  value  and  its  placement  within  the  fair  value 
hierarchy levels.  

Description  

Liabilities 
Deferred compensation - Level 1 (1) 

Fair Value Measurements At 
Reporting Date 
December 31, 

2016 
2015 
(amounts in thousands) 

  $

10,875   $

10,137

(1) 

The Company’s deferred compensation liability, which is included in other long-term liabilities, is recorded 
at fair value on a recurring basis. The unfunded plan allows participants to hypothetically invest in various 
specified investment options. The deferred compensation plan liability is valued at Level 1 as it is based on 
quoted market prices of the underlying investments.  

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements 

The Company has certain assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are adjusted to 
fair value only when the carrying values are more than the fair values.  The categorization of the framework used to 
price the assets is considered Level 3, due to the subjective nature of the unobservable inputs used to determine the 
fair value.  

The Company reviewed the fair value of its broadcasting licenses, goodwill and net property and equipment 
and other intangibles, and concluded that these assets were not impaired as the fair value of these assets equaled or 
exceeded their carrying values.  

Fair Value Of Financial Instruments Subject To Disclosures  

The estimated fair value of financial instruments is determined using the best available market information 
and appropriate valuation methodologies.  Considerable judgment is necessary, however, in interpreting market data 
to  develop  the  estimates  of  fair  value.    Accordingly,  the  estimates  presented  are  not  necessarily  indicative  of  the 
amounts that the Company could realize in a current market exchange, or the value that ultimately will be realized 
upon maturity or disposition.  The use of different market assumptions may have a material effect on the estimated 
fair value amounts. 

The carrying amount of the following assets and liabilities approximates fair value due to the short maturity 
of  these  instruments:  (1)  cash  and  cash  equivalents;  (2)  accounts  receivable;  and  (3)  accounts  payable,  including 
accrued liabilities. 

The  following  table  presents  the  carrying  value  of  financial  instruments  and,  where  practicable,  the  fair 

value as of the periods indicated: 

December 31, 
2016 

December 31, 
2015 

Carrying 
Value 

Carrying 
Fair 
Value 
Value 
(amounts in thousands) 

Fair 
Value 

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

480,000   $
-   $
-   $
-   $
-   $

87  
670  

487,200   $
-   $
-   $
-   $
-   $
  $
  $

-   $ 
-   $ 
242,750   $ 
26,000   $ 
218,269   $ 

-  
670  

-
-
242,447
26,000
227,000

Term B Loan (1) 
Revolver (2) 
Former Term B Loan  
Former Revolver  
Senior Notes  
Other debt (3) 
Letters of credit (4) 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments: 

The Company’s determination of the fair value of the Term B Loan and Former Term B Loan was based on 
quoted prices for this instrument and is considered a Level 2 measurement as the pricing inputs are other 
than quoted prices in active markets.  

The fair value of the Revolver and Former Revolver was considered to approximate the carrying value as 
the interest payments are based on LIBOR rates that reset periodically. The Revolver is considered a Level 2 
measurement as the pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets. 

The Company does not believe it is practicable to estimate the fair value of the other debt.  

The Company does not believe it is practicable to estimate the fair value of the outstanding standby letters 
of credit.  

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
18. 

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS 

The  Company  records  acquisitions  under  the  purchase  method  of  accounting,  and  allocates  the  purchase 
price  to  the  assets  and  liabilities  based  upon  their  respective  fair  values  as  determined  as  of  the  acquisition  date.  
Merger and acquisition costs are excluded from the purchase price as these costs are expensed for book purposes and 
amortized for tax purposes.   

2015 Acquisitions 

Acquisition Of Lincoln Financial Media Company 

On  July  16,  2015,  the  Company  acquired  under  a  Stock  Purchase  Agreement  (“SPA”)  with  The  Lincoln 
National  Life  Insurance  Company  the  stock  of  one  of  its  subsidiaries,  Lincoln  Financial  Media  Company 
(“Lincoln”), which hold through subsidiaries the assets and liabilities of radio stations serving the Atlanta, Denver, 
Miami  and  San  Diego  markets  (the  “Lincoln  Acquisition”).  The  purchase  price  was  $105.0  million  of  which:  (1) 
$77.5 million was paid in cash using $42.0 million in borrowing under the Company’s Revolver together with cash 
on  hand;  and  (2)  $27.5  million  was  paid  with  the  Company’s  issuance  of  Preferred.  The  SPA,  originally  dated 
December  7,  2014  and  subsequently  amended  on  July  10,  2015,  provided  for  a  working  capital  reimbursement  to 
Lincoln of $11.0 million before a working capital credit to the Company of $2.7 million. The SPA provided for a 
step-up in basis for tax purposes.  

Three Denver radio stations acquired from Lincoln together with another Denver radio station were included 

in an exchange transaction as described below in Note 18.     

The  Company  recorded  goodwill  on  its  books,  which  is  fully  deductible  for  income  tax  purposes. 
Management  believes  that  this  acquisition  provides  the  Company  with  an  opportunity  to  increase  its  national 
footprint  to  compete  more  effectively  for  national  business  and  to  benefit  from  certain  operational  synergies.    In 
addition, this acquisition allows for certain operational synergies in programming, sales and administration that were 
not available to Lincoln.   

The  purchase  price  allocations  are  based  upon  a  valuation  of  assets  and  liabilities,  which  include  the 

valuation of acquired intangible assets and working capital.  

The  following  table  reflects  the  final  aggregate  fair  value  purchase  price  allocation  of  these  assets  and 

liabilities.  

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Description 

  December 31,   Useful Lives In Years 

2016 
(amounts in 
thousands) 

From 

To 

Cash 
Net accounts receivable 
Prepaid expenses, deposits and other 
Total current assets 
Land 
Land improvements 
Building 
Leasehold improvements 
Equipment and towers 
Furniture and fixtures 
Total tangible property 
Assets held for sale 
Other intangibles 
Broadcasting licenses 
Goodwill 
Deferred tax assets 
Total intangible and other assets 
Total assets 

  $

  $

  $

Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses 
Other current liabilities 
Total current liabilities 
Unfavorable contracts and other liabilities  
Total liabilities acquired 

  $

15
15 
2 
3 
5 

less than 1 year 
less than 1 year 

non-depreciating 
15 
25 
11 
40 
5 

2,246  
11,933  
970  
15,149    
7,368  
87  
1,067  
973  
8,651  
29  
18,175    
1,885    
487  
79,209  
4,594  
1,364   over remaining lease life
87,539    
120,863    

5 
non-amortizing 
non-amortizing 

1 

less than 1 year 
less than 1 year 
less than 1 year 

723  
3,466  
12  
4,201    
3,272   over remaining lease life
7,473    

Net assets acquired 

  $

113,390    

The aggregate fair value purchase price allocation of the assets and liabilities as reported on the Company’s 
Form  10-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  February  26,  2016,  were  revised  during  the  third  quarter  of  2016  due  to  the 
recording of a liability associated with an assumed lawsuit. The amount of the liability could not be estimated at the 
time  of  the  acquisition.    This  revision  resulted  in  an  increase  to  goodwill  of  $0.1  million  in  one  of  the  Lincoln 
markets.   

The  allocations  presented  in  the  table  are  based  upon  management’s  estimate  of  the  fair  values  using 
valuation  techniques  including  income,  cost  and  market  approaches.  In  estimating  the  fair  value  of  the  acquired 
assets and assumed liabilities, the fair value estimates are based on, but not limited to, expected future revenue and 
cash flows that assume expected future growth rates of 1.0% to 1.5%; and an estimated discount rate of 9.6%. The 
gross profit margins are similar to the ranges used in the Company’s second quarter 2015 annual license impairment 
testing. The fair value for accounts receivable is net of an estimate for bad debts. The Company determines the fair 
value of the broadcasting licenses in each of these markets by relying on a discounted cash flow approach assuming a 
start-up scenario in which the only assets held by an investor are broadcasting licenses. The Company’s fair value 
analysis contains assumptions based upon past experience, reflects expectations of industry observers and includes 
judgments  about  future  performance  using  industry  normalized  information  for  an  average  station  within  a  certain 
market. Any excess of the purchase price over the net assets acquired was reported as goodwill.    

Exchange Transaction: Denver, Colorado, And Los Angeles, California 

On  November  24,  2015,  the  Company  completed  an  asset  exchange  agreement  with  Bonneville 
International  Corporation  (“Bonneville”)  that  was  entered  into  on  July  10,  2015.    The  Company  divested  four 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Denver, Colorado, radio stations as consideration by the Company in exchange for a radio station in Los Angeles, 
California (the “Bonneville Exchange”). The Company, which did not require cash to complete this transaction, now 
owns:  (1)  one  station  in  Los  Angeles,  a  new  market  for  the  Company;  and  (2)  five  radio  stations  in  the  Denver 
market, an existing market for the Company. The Company recorded both the disposition and the acquisition on its 
balance sheet as of December 31, 2015. 

On  July  17,  2015  the  Company  entered  into  two  TBAs.    Pursuant  to  these  TBAs,  on  July  17,  2015,  the 
Company  commenced  operation  of  the  Los  Angeles  station  and  Bonneville  commenced  operation  of  the  Denver 
stations. During the period of the TBAs (July 17, 2015 through November 24, 2015), the Company: (i) included net 
revenues and station operating expenses associated with the Company’s operation of the Los Angeles station in the 
Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements;  and  (ii)  excluded  net  revenues  and  station  operating  expenses 
associated  with  Bonneville’s  operation of  the  Denver  stations  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements. 
The Company incurred no TBA expense to Bonneville for operation of the Los Angeles station and received $0.3 
million of monthly TBA income from Bonneville during the period of the TBA. The Company did not consider the 
net revenues and station operating expenses to be material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations 
or cash flows. 

Certain of the Denver radio stations that were exchanged with Bonneville qualified as assets held for sale as 
of September 30, 2015.  In addition, during the period of the TBA, certain of the assets and liabilities that were held 
in a trust (KKFN FM) and operated by Bonneville were deconsolidated by the Company as of September 30, 2015 as 
Bonneville was the primary beneficiary absorbing the majority of the profits and losses.  For all other assets during 
the period of the TBA, the Company was the primary beneficiary absorbing the majority of the profits and losses.  
Upon closing, there were no remaining assets held for sale or outstanding VIEs related to this transaction. 

The  following  table  reflects  the  final  aggregate  fair  value  purchase  price  allocation  of  these  assets  and 

liabilities.   

Description 

  December 31, 

  Useful Lives In Years 

2016 
(amounts in 
thousands) 

From 

To 

  $

Other receivables 
Equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 
Total tangible property 
Advertiser lists and customer relationships   
Trademarks and trade names 
Broadcasting licenses 
Goodwill 
Total intangible assets 
Total assets 
Unfavorable contract and lease liabilities 
Net assets acquired 
Fair value of net assets provided  
   as consideration 

  $

  $

3 
5 

15 
5 

3 
5

3 
5 
non-amortizing 
non-amortizing 

1 

4 

4,864    
1,012  
121  
1,133    

1  
2  
53,057  
266  
53,326    
59,323    
(323) 
59,000    

59,000    

There  was  no  change  to  the  aggregate  fair  value  purchase  price  allocation  of  the  assets  and  liabilities  as 

reported on the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 26, 2016.  

The  allocations  presented  in  the  table  are  based  upon  management’s  estimate  of  the  fair  values  using 
valuation  techniques  including  income,  cost  and  market  approaches.  In  estimating  the  fair  value  of  the  acquired 
assets and assumed liabilities, the fair value estimates are based on, but not limited to, expected future revenue and 
cash flows that assumes the expected future growth rate of 1.0% and an estimated discount rate of 9.2%. The gross 
profit margin range was similar to the ranges used in the Company’s second quarter 2015 annual impairment testing 
for  broadcasting  licenses.  The  Company  determines  the  fair  value  of  the  broadcasting  licenses  in  each  of  these 
markets by relying on a discounted cash flow approach assuming a start-up scenario in which the only assets held by 
an  investor  are  broadcasting  licenses.  The  Company’s  fair  value  analysis  contains  assumptions  based  upon  past 
90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
experience,  reflects  expectations  of  industry  observers  and  includes  judgments  about  future  performance  using 
industry  normalized  information  for  an  average  station  within  a  certain  market.  Any  excess  of  the  purchase  price 
over the net assets acquired was reported as goodwill.    

In valuing the non-monetary assets that were part of the consideration transferred, the Company utilized the 
fair value as of the acquisition date, with any excess of the purchase price over the net assets acquired reported as 
goodwill. The fair value was measured from the perspective of a market participant, applying the same methodology 
and  types  of  assumptions  as  described  above  in  estimating  the  fair  value  of  the  acquired  assets  and  liabilities.  
Applying these methodologies requires significant judgment.  The Company reported in the statements of operations 
for the year ended December 31, 2015 a non cash gain of $1.5 million under gain (loss) on sale or disposal of assets 
on the Denver assets provided as consideration, primarily from the non-Lincoln assets included in the exchange.  

Under  purchase  price  accounting  for  the  Lincoln  and  Bonneville  acquisitions,  the  Company  recorded 
unfavorable lease and contract liabilities for studio and transmitter site property leases and vendor contracts as these 
contracts contained terms that were considered to be above market rates. The unfavorable liabilities are reflected in 
other  long-term  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  are  amortized  as  a  reduction  to  station  operating 
expenses on a straight-line basis over the lives of the leases and contracts. The future amortization of unfavorable 
leases and contracts is as follows: 

Years ending December 31, 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 
Thereafter 

As Of
December 31,
2016 
(amounts in  
thousands) 

$

$

875
295
167
147
91
426
2,001

Summary Of Lincoln And Bonneville Transactions By Radio Station 

Bonneville Exchange 

  Radio Stations 

Markets 
Los Angeles, CA    KSWD FM 
Denver, CO 
Denver, CO 
Denver, CO 

  KOSI FM 
  KYGO FM; KEPN AM 
  KKFN FM 

  Transactions 
  Company acquired from Bonneville 
  Company disposed to Bonneville 
  Company disposed to Bonneville 
  The trust disposed to Bonneville 

Lincoln Acquisition 

Markets 
Denver, CO 
Denver, CO 
Denver, CO 
Atlanta, GA 
Miami, FL 
San Diego, CA 

  Transactions 
  Radio Stations 
  The trust acquired from Lincoln  
  KKFN FM 
  Company acquired from Lincoln 
  KYGO FM; KEPN AM 
  Company acquired from Lincoln 
  KQKS FM; KRWZ AM 
  Company acquired from Lincoln 
  WSTR FM; WQXI AM 
  Company acquired from Lincoln 
  WAXY AM/FM; WLYF FM; WMXJ FM 
  KBZT FM; KSON FM/KSOQ FM; KIFM FM  Company acquired from Lincoln 

Merger And Acquisition Costs And Restructuring Charges  

Merger  and  acquisition  costs  and  restructuring  charges  were  expensed  as  a  separate  line  item  in  the 
statement  of  operations.  The  Company  records  merger  and  acquisition  costs  whether  or  not  an  acquisition  occurs. 
These costs consist primarily of legal, professional and advisory services as well as restructuring costs (as identified 
below) related to the Company’s acquisition of Lincoln and the Company’s exchange agreement with Bonneville.   

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
During the third quarter of 2016, the company recorded merger and acquisition costs of $0.7 million. 

During the third and fourth quarters of 2015, the Company initiated a restructuring plan primarily as a result 
of  the  integration  of  the  Lincoln  radio  stations  acquired  in  July  2015.  The  restructuring  plan  included:  (1)  costs 
associated  with  exiting  contractual  vendor  obligations  as  these  obligations  were  duplicative;  (2)  a  workforce 
reduction  and  realignment  charges  that  included  one-time  termination  benefits  and  related  costs;  and  (3)  lease 
abandonment costs as described below. The estimated amount of unpaid restructuring charges as of December 31, 
2016 were included in accrued expenses as these expenses are expected to be paid in less than one year.   

In connection with the Lincoln acquisition, the Company assumed a studio lease in one of its markets that 
included  excess  space.    During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015,  the Company  ceased  using  a  portion  of  the  space  after 
analyzing its future needs as well as comparing its space utilization in other of the Company’s markets. As a result, 
the Company recorded a lease abandonment expense during the fourth quarter of 2015.  Lease abandonment costs 
include future lease liabilities offset by estimated sublease income.  Due to the location of the space in an area of the 
city that is not considered prime, including a very high vacancy rate in the existing and neighboring building in a soft 
rental market that is expected to continue throughout the remaining term of the lease, the Company did not include 
an estimate to sublease any of the space. The Company will continue to evaluate the opportunities to sublease this 
space and revise its sublease estimates accordingly.  Any increase in the estimate of sublease income will be reflected 
through the income statement and such amount will also reduce the lease abandonment liability.  The lease expires in 
the year 2026.  The lease liability is discounted using a credit risk adjusted basis utilizing the estimated rental cash 
flows over the remaining term of the agreement.  

2016 

Years Ended 
December 31, 

2015 

(amounts in thousands) 

2014 

-   $
-  
-  
-  
-  
708  
708   $

646   $

1,538  
687  
(13) 
2,858  
3,978  
6,836   $

-
-
-
-
-
1,042
1,042

Year 
Year 
Ended 
Ended 
December 31, 
December 31, 
2015 
2016 
(amounts in thousands) 

1,686   $
-  
(1,036) 
650  
(576) 

74   $

- 
2,858 
(1,172)
1,686 
(687)
999 

$

$

$

$

Restructuring charges 
         Costs to exit duplicative contracts 
         Workforce reduction 
         Lease abandonment costs 
         Changes in estimates   
Total restructuring charges 
Merger and acquisition costs 
Total merger & acquisition costs and restructuring charges 

Restructuring charges, beginning balance 
Additions to reserves through accruals 
Deductions from reserves through payments 
Restructuring charges unpaid and outstanding 
Less lease abandonment costs over a long-term period 
Short-term restructuring charges unpaid and outstanding 

2014 Acquisitions 

There were no acquisitions during this period.  

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Disposition 

In  March  2016,  the  Company  sold  certain  assets  of  KRWZ  AM  in  Denver,  Colorado,  for $3.8  million  in 
cash.  The Company believes that the sale of this station, with a marginal market share, will not alter the Company’s 
competitive position in the market. The Company reported a gain, net of expenses, of $0.3 million on the disposition 
of these assets. 

Unaudited Pro Forma Summary Of Financial Information  

The  following  pro  forma  information  presents  the  consolidated  results  of  operations  as  if  the  business 
combinations in 2015 had occurred as of January 1, 2014, after giving effect to certain adjustments, including: (1) 
depreciation  and  amortization  of  assets;  (2)  amortization  of  unfavorable  contracts  related  to  the  fair  value 
adjustments of the assets acquired; (3) change in the effective tax rate; (4) interest expense on any debt incurred; (5) 
merger  and  acquisition  costs  and  restructuring  charges;  and  (6)  accrued  dividends  on  perpetual  cumulative 
convertible preferred stock. For purposes of this presentation, the pro forma data: (a) excludes certain Lincoln radio 
stations disposed to Bonneville as the Company never operated these stations and does not expect to operate these 
stations  at  a  future  time  (KYGO  FM;  KKFN  FM  and  KEPN  AM);  and  (b)  excludes  a  radio  station  disposed  to 
Bonneville and operated by the Company prior to the TBA (KOSI FM) as these assets were a key component of the 
assets acquired. In addition, there was no adjustment to the pro forma information for the two AM stations that were 
separately disposed of in 2016. These unaudited pro forma results have been prepared for comparative purposes only 
and do not purport to be indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisitions been made as of that date or 
results which may occur in the future. 

Years Ended  December 31, 
2015 

2016 

2014 

Net revenues 
Net income (loss) available to the Company 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 
Net income (loss) available to commons shareholders
   per common share - basic 
Net income (loss) available to commons shareholders
   per common share - diluted 

Weighted shares outstanding basic 
Weighted shares outstanding diluted 
Conversion of preferred stock for dilutive purposes 
   under the as if method 

19. 

ASSETS HELD FOR SALE 

(amounts in thousands, except per share data)
  Pro Forma 
Pro Forma 

Actual 

$
$
$

$

$

460,245   $
38,065   $
36,164   $

442,485   $ 
33,050   $ 
30,850   $ 

437,597
22,736
21,086

0.94   $

0.81   $ 

0.91   $

0.79   $ 

38,500  
39,568  

38,084  
39,038  

0.56

0.55

37,763
38,664

anti-dilutive   

anti-dilutive   

anti-dilutive 

Long-lived assets to be sold are classified as held for sale in the period in which they meet all the criteria for 
the disposal of long-lived assets. The Company measures assets held for sale at the lower of their carrying amount or 
fair  value  less  cost  to  sell.  Additionally,  the  Company  determined  that  these  assets  comprise  operations  and  cash 
flows  that  can  be  clearly  distinguished,  operationally  and  for  financial  reporting  purposes,  from  the  rest  of  the 
Company.  

During 2016, the Company entered into an agreement to sell an AM radio station in one of its markets for 
$0.9 million and classified these assets and liabilities as assets held for sale. This transaction was completed in the 
fourth quarter of 2016, and resulted in a gain of $0.2 million. The Company expects that the sale of this radio station 
will not alter the Company’s competitive position in the market.  

During 2016, the Company disposed of the following assets that were previously reflected as held for sale as 
of December 31, 2015: (1) an AM radio station in Denver, Colorado, that resulted in a gain on disposal of assets of 
$0.3 million; (2) land, building and a tower at a tower/antenna site to be sold to a government agency that did not 
93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
result in a gain or loss; and (3) land and a building that the Company formerly used as its main studio facility in one 
of its markets and a co-located tower/antenna structure for two of its AM radio stations that the Company plans to 
relocate to other suitable sites, that resulted in a gain on disposal of assets of $0.7 million.  

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company determined that the carrying value of these 
assets was less than the fair value by utilizing offers from third parties for a bundle of assets. This is considered a 
Level 3 measurement.  

The major categories of these assets are as follows: 

Land and land improvements 
Building 
Equipment 
Total property and equipment 
Depreciation and amortization 
Net property and equipment 
Radio broadcasting licenses 
Total intangibles 
Assets held for sale 
Net assets held for sale 

Assets Held For Sale 
December 31, 

2016 
2015 
 (amounts in thousands) 

  $

  $

-   $
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-   $

3,972 
1,036 
497 
5,505 
796 
4,709 
1,397 
1,397 
6,106 
6,106 

20. 

CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS 

Contingencies 

The Company is subject to various outstanding claims which arise in the ordinary course of business and to 
other legal proceedings.  Management anticipates that any potential liability of the Company, which may arise out of 
or with respect to these matters, will not materially affect the Company’s financial position, results of operations or 
cash flows.   

Pending Acquisitions 

On February 2, 2017, the Company and Merger Sub entered into the CBS Radio Merger Agreement with 
CBS  and  CBS  Radio.    This  transaction  is  subject  to  approval  by  the  Company’s  stakeholders  and  customary 
regulatory approvals.  This transaction is expected to close during the second half of 2017.  If the CBS Radio Merger 
Agreement  is  terminated  in  certain  circumstances  prior  to  the  consummation  of  the  transactions  contemplated 
thereby,  the  Company  will  be  required  to  pay  CBS  a  termination  fee  of  $30  million.    Refer  to  Note  1  for  further 
discussion.  

On January 6, 2017, the Company completed a transaction to acquire four radio stations in Charlotte, North 
Carolina, from Beasley Broadcast Group, Inc. (“Beasley”) for a purchase price of $24 million in cash.  The Company 
used cash on hand to fund the acquisition.  On October 17, 2016, the Company simultaneously entered into an asset 
purchase agreement and a TBA to operate three of the four radio stations that were held in a trust (“Charlotte Trust”).  
On  November  1,  2016,  the  Company  commenced  operations  of  the  radio  stations  held  in  the  Charlotte  Trust  and 
began operating the fourth station upon closing on the acquisition with Beasley in January 2017.   

During the period of the TBA, the Company included net revenues, station operating expenses and monthly 

TBA fees associated with operating these stations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.   

The allocations presented in the table below are based upon management’s estimate of the fair values using 
valuation  techniques  including  income,  cost  and  market  approaches.  In  estimating  the  fair  value  of  the  acquired 
assets and assumed liabilities, the fair value estimates are based on, but not limited to, expected future revenue and 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
cash flows that assume expected future growth rates of 1.0% to 1.5%; and an estimated discount rate of 9.6%. The 
gross profit margins are similar to the ranges used in the Company’s second quarter 2016 annual license impairment 
testing.  The  Company  determines  the  fair value of  the  broadcasting  licenses by  relying  on  a discounted  cash flow 
approach  assuming  a  start-up  scenario  in  which  the  only  assets  held  by  an  investor  are  broadcasting  licenses.  The 
Company’s  fair  value  analysis  contains  assumptions  based  upon  past  experience,  reflects  expectations  of  industry 
observers  and  includes  judgments  about  future  performance  using  industry  normalized  information  for  an  average 
station  within  a  certain  market.  Any  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  net  assets  acquired  was  reported  as 
goodwill. 

The following preliminary purchase price allocations are based upon the valuation of assets and liabilities 
and these estimates and assumptions are subject to change as the Company obtains additional information during the 
measurement  period, which may  be  up  to one  year from  the  acquisition date.   These  assets  and  liabilities  pending 
finalization include the valuation of acquired intangible assets and liabilities.  Differences between the preliminary 
and final valuation could be substantially different from the initial estimates.   

Description 

Assets 
Land 
Buildings 
Equipment 
Total property plant and equipment 
Deferred tax asset 
Radio broadcasting licenses and goodwill 
Total assets 
Liabilities 
Unfavorable lease liabilities 
Deferred tax liability 
Total liabilities 
Net assets 

January 6,  
2017 

(amounts in  
thousands) 

Useful Lives In Years 
To 
From 

  $

  $

2,539  
217  
4,569  
7,325  
287  
17,384  
24,996  

735  
261  
996  
24,000  

non-depreciating 

15 
3 

25 
40 

life of underlying asset 
non-amortizing 

over remaining lease life 
life of underlying liability 

Variable Interest Entity And Assets Held For Sale  

The  Company  believes  that  the  Charlotte  Trust  is  a  VIE  as  the  Company  has  the  power  to  direct  the 
activities which significantly impact the economic performance of the Charlotte Trust.  Under the terms of the APA, 
the FCC licenses and related assets of the stations were assigned from Beasley to the Charlotte Trust.  The Company 
also  believes  it  is  the  primary  beneficiary  of  the  VIE  as  the  Company  may  absorb  the  profits  and  losses  from  the 
operation of the VIE during the period of the TBA.  As of December 31, 2016, the Company consolidated the assets 
and liabilities of the VIE within its consolidated financial statements, using fair values for the assets and liabilities as 
if the Company had closed on this transaction as of December 31, 2016.  The equity investment by Beasley in the 
Charlotte Trust is reflected as a non-controlling interest.  The assets of the Company’s consolidated VIE can only be 
used  to  settle  the  obligations  of  the  VIE,  and  may  not  be  sold,  or  otherwise  disposed  of,  except  for  assets  sold  or 
replaced with others of like kind or value.  There is a lack of recourse by the beneficial interest holders of the VIE 
against the Company’s general creditors. 

The following table reflects that assets and liabilities of the Charlotte Trust VIE at fair value at the effective 

date of the TBA, which were included in our consolidating balance sheets: 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
Description 

  Charlotte Trust 
December 31, 2016
(amounts in 
in thousands) 

Cash 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts 
Prepaid expenses, deposits and other 
Total current assets 
Net property and equipment 
Radio broadcasting licenses 
Deferred charges and other assets, net of accumulated 
amortization 
Total assets 

Accrued expenses 
Non-controlling interest - variable interest entity 

  $

  $

  $

  $

Insurance 

302
2,143
244
2,689
6,346
15,738

366
25,139

(1,180)
(23,959)
(25,139)

The  Company  uses  a  combination  of  insurance  and  self-insurance  mechanisms  to  mitigate  the  potential 
liabilities for workers’ compensation, general liability, property, directors’ and officers’ liability, vehicle liability and 
employee health care benefits. Liabilities associated with the risks that are retained by the Company are estimated, in 
part,  by  considering  claims  experience,  demographic  factors,  severity  factors,  outside  expertise  and  other  actuarial 
assumptions.  Under  these  policies,  the  Company  is  required  to  maintain  letters  of  credit  in  the  amount  of  $0.7 
million. 

Broadcast Licenses 

The Company could face increased costs in the form of fines and a greater risk that the Company could lose 
any one or more of its broadcasting licenses if the FCC concludes that programming broadcast by a Company station 
was obscene,  indecent  or  profane  and  such  conduct  warrants  license  revocation.   The  FCC's  authority  to  impose 
a fine for the broadcast of such material is $350,000 for a single incident, with a maximum fine of up to $3,300,000 
for a continuing violation. In the past, the FCC has issued Notices of Apparent Liability and a Forfeiture Order with 
respect to several of the Company’s stations proposing fines for certain programming which the FCC deemed to have 
been indecent. These cases are the subject of pending administrative appeals.   The FCC has also investigated other 
complaints  from  the  public  that  some  of the  Company’s stations  broadcast  indecent  programming. These 
investigations  remain  pending.  The  Company  has  determined  that,  at  this  time,  the  amount  of  potential  fines  and 
penalties, if any, cannot be estimated.   

The  Company  has  filed,  on  a  timely  basis,  renewal  applications  for  those  radio  stations  with  radio 
broadcasting licenses that are subject to renewal with the FCC. The Company’s costs to renew its licenses with the 
FCC  are  nominal  and  are  expensed  as  incurred  rather  than  capitalized.    From  time  to  time,  the  renewal  of  certain 
licenses may be delayed in their renewal. The Company continues to operate these radio stations under their existing 
licenses  until  the  licenses  are  renewed.  The  FCC  may  delay  the  renewal  pending  the  resolution  of  open 
inquiries.  The affected stations are, however, authorized to continue operations until the FCC acts upon the renewal 
applications.  Currently, all of the Company’s licenses have been renewed. 

The FCC initiated an investigation in January 2007, related to a contest at one of the Company’s stations.  In 
October 2016, the FCC designated for a hearing whether the Company operated this station in the public interest and 
whether such station’s license should be renewed.  In February 2017, in order to facilitate the Merger, the Company 
permanently discontinued operation of this station in order to cancel the license, dismiss its renewal application and 
terminate the renewal hearing.  As a result, the Company expects to record in the first quarter of 2017 a $13.5 million 
loss in the statement of operations in net gain/loss on sale or disposal of assets. 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Fees 

The Company incurs fees from performing rights organizations (“PRO”) to license the Company’s public 
performance of the musical works contained in each PRO’s repertory.  The Radio Music Licensing Committee, of 
which the Company is a represented participant, (1) entered into an industry-wide settlement with American Society 
of  Composers,  Authors  and  Publishers  that  was  effective  January  1,  2017  for  a  five-year  term;  (2)  is  currently 
seeking reasonable industry-wide fees from Broadcast Music, Inc. effective January 1, 2017; (3) is currently subject 
to  arbitration  proceedings  with  the  Society  of  European  Stage  Authors  and  Composers  to  determine  fair  and 
reasonable fees that would be retroactive to January 1, 2016; and (4) filed in November 2016 a motion in the U.S. 
District Court in Pennsylvania against Global Music Rights (“GMR”) arguing that GMR is a monopoly demanding 
monopoly prices and asking the Court to subject GMR to an antitrust consent decree.  In January 2017, the Company 
obtained an interim license from GMR for fees effective January 1, 2017 to avoid any infringement claims by GMR 
for using GMR’s repertory without a license.   

Other Matters 

During  the  third quarter of  2016,  the  Company  settled  a  legal  claim  with  British  Petroleum  as  a  result  of 
their Deepwater Horizon Oil Spill in the Gulf of Mexico and recovered $2.3 million on a net basis after deducting 
certain related expenses.  The claim was a result of lost business due to the oil spill.    

During  the  third  quarter  of  2014,  the  Company  settled  a  legal  claim  for  $1.0  million.  The  amount  was 

included in corporate general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014. 

Leases And Other Contracts 

Rental  expense  is  incurred  principally  for  office  and  broadcasting  facilities.  Certain  of  the  leases  contain 
clauses  that  provide  for  contingent  rental  expense  based  upon  defined  events  such  as  cost  of  living  adjustments 
and/or maintenance costs in excess of pre-defined amounts.   

The Company also has rent obligations under a sale and leaseback transaction whereby the Company sold 
certain of its radio broadcasting towers to a third party for cash in return for long-term leases on these towers.  These 
sale and leaseback obligations are listed in the future minimum annual commitments table.  The Company sold these 
towers as operating these towers to maximize tower rental income was not part of the Company’s core strategy. 

The following table provides the Company’s rent expense for the periods indicated:  

2016 

Years Ended December 31, 
2015 
(amounts in thousands) 

2014 

Rent Expense 

  $ 

17,892   $ 

16,116   $

14,556

The Company also has various commitments under the following types of contracts: 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
Future Minimum Annual Commitments 

  Rent Under   
Operating 
Leases 

Sale 
Leaseback 
  Operating  

  Programming  
And Related   
Contracts 

Leases 
(amounts in thousands) 

Total 

Years ending December 31, 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 
Thereafter 

$ 

$ 

17,594   $ 
14,767  
13,024  
10,095  
7,169  
23,185  
85,834   $ 

868   $
894  
920  
948  
976  
8,739  
13,345   $

70,119   $ 
40,718  
22,622  
17,339  
12,688  
23,000  
186,486   $ 

88,581
56,379
36,566
28,382
20,833
54,924
285,665

21. 

GUARANTOR ARRANGEMENTS 

Guarantor Arrangements 

The  Company  recognizes,  at  the  inception  of  a  guarantee,  a  liability  for  the  fair  value  of  the  obligation 
undertaken by issuing the guarantee. The following is a summary of agreements that the Company has determined 
are within the scope of guarantor arrangements:   

  The  Company  enters  into  indemnification  agreements  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.  Under 
these agreements, the Company typically indemnifies, holds harmless, and agrees to reimburse the 
indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party. The maximum potential 
amount  of  future payments  the  Company  could  be  required  to  make  under  these  indemnification 
agreements is unlimited. The Company believes that the estimated fair value of these agreements is 
minimal.  Accordingly,  the  Company  has  not  recorded  liabilities  for  these  agreements  as  of 
December 31, 2016.  

  Under  the  Company’s  Credit  Facility,  the  Company  is  required  to  reimburse  lenders  for  any 
increased costs that they may incur in the event of a change in law, rule or regulation resulting in 
their reduced returns from any change in capital requirements. The Company cannot estimate the 
potential amount of any future payment under this provision, nor can the Company predict if such 
an event will ever occur.  

 

In connection with many of the Company’s acquisitions, the Company enters into a TBA or local 
marketing  agreements  for  specified  periods  of  time,  usually  six  months  or  less,  whereby  the 
Company typically indemnifies the owner and operator of the radio station, their employees, agents 
and contractors from liability, claims and damages arising from the activities of operating the radio 
station  under  such  agreements.  The  maximum  potential  amount  of  any  future  payments  the 
Company  could  be  required  to  make  for  any  such  previous  indemnification  obligations  is 
indeterminable  at  this  time.  The  Company  has  not,  however,  previously  incurred  any  significant 
costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims relating to any such indemnification obligation. 

Financial Statements Of Parent 

The condensed financial data of the Parent Company has been prepared in accordance with Rule 12-04 of 
Regulation  S-X.    The  Parent  Company’s  financial  data  includes  the  financial  data  of  Entercom  Communications 
Corp., excluding all subsidiaries.  

The most significant restrictions on the payment of dividends by Radio (as contemplated by Rule 4-08(e) of 

Regulation S-X) are set forth in the Credit Facility.               

Under the Credit Facility, Radio is permitted to make distributions to the Parent Company in amounts, as 
defined,  as  follows:  (a)  amounts  which  are  required  to  pay  the  Parent  Company’s  reasonable  overhead  costs, 
including income taxes and other costs associated with conducting the operations of Radio and its subsidiaries; and 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
(b)  certain  amounts  which  qualify  as  “Restricted  Payments.”    With  respect  to  the  Credit  Facility,  the  permitted 
Restricted Payment is generally $60 million plus Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow. The Company’s ability to 
make a Restricted Payment in these amounts under the Credit Facility is a function of its leverage ratio.   

Effectively all of Radio’s assets are subject to these distribution limitations to the Parent Company. 

The following tables set forth the condensed financial data (other than the statements of shareholders’ equity 

as this statement is not condensed) of the Parent Company: 

 
 
 
 

the balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015; 
the statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014; 
the statements of shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014; and 
the statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONDENSED PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEETS 
(amounts in thousands) 

ASSETS 

Current Assets 
Property And Equipment - Net 
Deferred Charges And 
     Other Assets - Net 
Investment In Subsidiaries / Intercompany 
TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES AND 
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 

Current Liabilities 
Long Term Liabilities 
Total Liabilities 
Perpetual Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock 
Shareholders' Equity: 
      Class A, B and C Common Stock 
      Additional Paid-In Capital  
      Accumulated Deficit 
Total shareholders' equity 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND  
     SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2016 

2015 

7,228   $ 
2,866  

1,813  
456,161  
468,068   $ 

20,042   $ 
26,920  
46,962  
27,732  

407  
605,603  
(212,636) 
393,374  

7,289 
472 

3,807 
424,493 
436,061 

19,631 
27,361 
46,992 
27,619 

397 
611,754 
(250,701)
361,450 

  $ 

468,068   $ 

436,061 

See notes to condensed Parent Company financial statements. 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONDENSED PARENT COMPANY INCOME STATEMENTS 
(amounts in thousands) 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
2015 

2016 

2014 

NET REVENUES 

  $ 

2,131

$ 

1,536  $ 

1,309

OPERATING (INCOME) EXPENSE: 
   Depreciation and amortization expense 
   Corporate general and administrative expenses 
   Merger and acquisition costs and restructuring charges  
   Other expenses related to financing 
   Net (gain) loss on sale or disposal of assets 
   Total operating expense  
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) 

   Net interest expense, including amortization 
       of deferred financing expense 
   Net recovery of a claim 
   Income from equity investment in subsidiaries 
TOTAL OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES 
(BENEFIT) 

INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT) 
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO THE 
COMPANY 
   Preferred stock dividend 
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO 
COMMON SHAREHOLDERS 

1,235
33,218
708
565
(601)
35,125
(32,994)

24
100
(85,977)
(85,853)

1,123 
26,395 
6,836 
- 
(601)
33,753 
(32,217)

- 
- 
(79,838)
(79,838)

1,217
26,463
1,042
-
(601)
28,121
(26,812)

15
-
(73,561)
(73,546)

52,859

47,621 

46,734

14,794

18,437 

19,911

38,065
(1,901)

29,184 
(752)

26,823
-

  $ 

36,164

$ 

28,432  $ 

26,823

See notes to condensed Parent Company financial statements. 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016, 2015 AND 2014 
(amounts in thousands, except share data) 

Common Stock 

  Additional 

Class A 

Class B 

Amount

Paid-in 
Capital 

Shares 
31,308,194   $ 

Amount

Balance, December 31, 2013 
Net income (loss) available to the Company 
Compensation expense related to granting 
     of stock awards 
Exercise of stock options 
Purchase of vested employee restricted 
     stock units 
Forfeitures of dividend equivalents 
Balance, December 31, 2014 
Net income (loss) available to the Company 
Compensation expense related to granting 
     of stock awards 
Exercise of stock options 
Purchase of vested employee restricted 
     stock units 
Preferred stock dividend 
Balance, December 31, 2015 
Net income (loss) available to the Company 
Compensation expense related to granting 
     of stock awards 
Issuance of common stock related to the Employee  
     Share Purchase Plan ("ESPP") 
Exercise of stock options 
Purchase of vested employee restricted  
     stock units  
Payment of dividends on common stock 
Dividend equivalents, net of forfeitures 
Payment of dividends on preferred stock 
Balance, December 31, 2016 

-  

638,102  
57,500  

(141,502) 
-  
31,862,294  
-  

738,195  
11,750  

(131,688) 
-  
32,480,551  
-  

313  
-  

7  
-  

(1) 
-  
319  
-  

7  
-  

(1) 
-  
325  
-  

1,095,759  

11  

31,933  
134,238  

(232,297) 
-  
-  
-  

33,510,184   $ 

-  
1  

(2) 
-  
-  
-  
335  

Shares 
7,197,532   $ 

-  

-  
-  

-  
-  
7,197,532  
-  

-  
-  

-  
-  
7,197,532  
-  

-  

-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  

7,197,532   $ 

Retained 
Earnings 
(Accumulated
Deficit) 

72   $ 
-  

604,721   $ 

-  

(306,713)  $ 
26,823  

-  
-  

-  
-  
72  
-  

-  
-  

-  
-  
72  
-  

-  

-  
-  

5,225  
82  

(1,513) 
-  
608,515  
-  

5,517  
35  

(1,561) 
(752) 
611,754  
-  

6,528  

379  
264  

-  
-  
-  
-  
72   $ 

(2,266) 
(8,666) 
(602) 
(1,788) 
605,603   $ 

-  
-  

-  
5  
(279,885) 
29,184  

-  
-  

-  
-  
(250,701) 
38,065  

-  

-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  

(212,636)  $ 

Total 

298,393
26,823

5,232
82

(1,514)
5
329,021
29,184

5,524
35

(1,562)
(752)
361,450
38,065

6,539

379
265

(2,268)
(8,666)
(602)
(1,788)
393,374

See notes to Parent Company financial statements. 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 

CONDENSED PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(amounts in thousands) 

  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2016 

2015 

2014 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 
           Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 

  $ (24,344)

$ (25,355)

$ (21,652)

INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 
    Additions to property and equipment 
    Additions to intangible assets 
    Proceeds (distributions) from investments in subsidiaries 
           Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 
    Proceeds from issuance of employee stock plan 
    Payment of fees associated with the issuance of preferred stock 
    Payment of call premium and other fees 
    Proceeds from the exercise of stock options 
    Purchase of vested employee restricted stock units 
    Payment of dividends on common stock 
    Payment of dividend equivalents on vested restricted stock units 
           Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

(1,849)
(182)
44,527
42,496

379
-
(5,977)
265
(2,268)
(8,666)
(94)
(18,149)

(304)
(1,142)
29,030 
27,584 

- 
(220)
- 
35 
(1,562)
- 
(7)
(2,167)

(213)
(481)
23,610
22,916

-
-
-
82
(1,514)
-
-
(1,432)

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH 
EQUIVALENTS 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR 

  $

3
195
198

$

62 
133 
195 

$

(168)
301
133

See notes to condensed Parent Company financial statements. 

Accounting Policies 

The Parent Company follows the accounting policies as described in Note 2 except that the Parent Company 

accounts for its investment in its subsidiaries using the equity method. 

Debt – For a discussion of debt obligations of the Company, refer to Note 8. 

Other - For further information, reference should be made to the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the 
Company. 

22.   

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

Events occurring after December 31, 2016 and through the date that these consolidated financial statements 
were  issued  were  evaluated  to  ensure  that  any  subsequent  events  that  met  the  criteria  for  recognition  have  been 
included and are as follows:  

On January 6, 2017, the Company acquired four radio stations from Beasley as further described in Note 20.   

On February 2, 2017, the Company entered into the Merger as more fully described in Note 1.  

In connection with an FCC administrative hearing that is described under Note 20, the Company returned a 

license to the FCC to facilitate certain regulatory approvals that are needed for the Merger.   

103 

 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
23. 

SUMMARIZED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited) 

The following table presents unaudited operating results for each quarter within the two most recent years. 
The  Company  believes  that  all  necessary  adjustments,  consisting only  of  normal  recurring  adjustments,  have  been 
included in the amounts stated below to present fairly the following quarterly results when read in conjunction with 
the  financial  statements  included  elsewhere  in  this  report.  Results  of  operations  for  any  particular  quarter  are  not 
necessarily  indicative  of  results  of  operations  for  a  full  year.  The  Company’s  financial  results  are  also  not 
comparable from quarter to quarter due to the Company’s acquisitions and dispositions of radio stations as described 
in Note 18 and due to the seasonality of revenues, with revenues usually the lowest in the first quarter of each year.   

2016 

Net revenues 

Operating income 

Net income (loss) available to the Company 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 
   per share - basic (1) 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 
   per share - diluted (1) 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted 

Preferred stock dividends declared and paid 

Common stock dividends declared and paid 

2015 

Net revenues 

Operating income 

Net income (loss) available to the Company 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 
   per share - basic (1) 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 
   per share - diluted (1) 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted 

Preferred stock dividends declared and paid 

Common stock dividends declared and paid 

Quarters Ended 

December 31 

September 30

June 30 

  March 31 

(amounts in thousands, except per share data) 

123,207   $

120,457   $

120,478   $ 

30,040   $

11,399   $

10,849   $

25,688   $

11,420   $

10,894   $

27,584   $ 

10,834   $ 

10,422   $ 

0.28   $

0.28   $

0.27   $ 

38,561  

38,485  

38,469  

0.27   $

0.28   $

0.26   $ 

39,800  

41,433  

41,130  

550   $

2,893   $

413   $

2,887   $

413   $ 

2,886   $ 

96,103

14,745

4,412

3,999

0.10

38,448

0.10

39,260

412

-

Quarters Ended 

December 31 

September 30

June 30  

  March 31 

(amounts in thousands, except per share data) 

117,704   $

114,662   $

100,592   $ 

32,555   $

14,088   $

13,675   $

23,159   $

20,615   $ 

8,442   $

8,103   $

6,747   $ 

6,747   $ 

0.36   $

0.21   $

0.18   $ 

38,088  

38,076  

38,074  

78,420

9,253

(93)

(93)

-

38,026

0.34   $

0.21   $

0.17   $ 

-

40,974  

38,913  

38,929  

38,026

413   $

-   $

-   $

-   $

-   $ 

-   $ 

-

-

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

(1)  Basic  and  diluted  net  income  per  share  is  computed  independently  for  each  quarter  and  the  full  year 
based  upon  respective  average  shares  outstanding.  Therefore,  the  sum  of  the  quarterly  per  share 
amounts may not equal the annual per share amounts reported.  

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 16.  FORM 10-K SUMMARY PAGE 

Not Presented. 

105 

 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the 
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Bala 
Cynwyd, Pennsylvania, on February 28, 2017. 

ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 

By:  /s/ DAVID J. FIELD 

David J. Field, President, Chief Executive Officer 

        (principal executive officer) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the 

following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

SIGNATURE 

CAPACITY 

DATE 

Principal Executive Officer: 

/s/ DAVID J. FIELD 
David J. Field 

President, Chief Executive Officer 
and a Director 

February 28, 2017 

Principal Financial Officer: 

/s/ STEPHEN F. FISHER 
Stephen F. Fisher 

Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 

February 28, 2017 

Principal Accounting Officer:  

/s/ EUGENE D. LEVIN 
Eugene D. Levin 

Directors: 

/s/ JOSEPH M. FIELD 
Joseph M. Field 

/s/ DAVID J. BERKMAN 
David J. Berkman 

/s/ JOEL HOLLANDER 
Joel Hollander 

/s/ MARK R. LANEVE 
MARK R. LANEVE 

/s/ DAVID LEVY 
DAVID LEVY 

Vice President, Treasurer and Controller 

February 28, 2017 

Chairman of the Board  

February 28, 2017 

February 28, 2017 

February 28, 2017 

February 28, 2017 

February 28, 2017 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
(This page intentionally left Blank) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Entercom Communications Corp. 
Corporate Information 

Directors 

Officers 

Joseph M. Field 
Chairman of the Board 

David J. Field 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

David J. Field 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Joseph M. Field 
Chairman of the Board 

David J. Berkman 

Mark R. LaNeve 

David Levy 

Joel Hollander 

Stephen F. Fisher 
Executive Vice President  and Chief Financial Officer 

Louise C. Kramer 
Chief Operating Officer 

Andrew P. Sutor, IV 
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 

Information Requests 

Eugene D. Levin 
Vice President, Treasurer and  Controller 

Stephen F. Fisher 
Executive Vice President  and Chief Financial Officer 
(610) 660-5647 

(610) 660-5620 (fax) 

Independent Auditors 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700 
2001 Market Street 

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042 
Robert Fell, Partner 
(267) 330-3000 

Transfer Agent 

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
59 Maiden Lane 
New York, NY  10038 
(800) 937-5449 
www.amstock.com  

Stock Trading 

Class A Common Stock of  
Entercom Communications Corp. is 
traded on the New York Stock 

Exchange under the Symbol “ETM”. 

Shareholder Records 

Shareholders desiring to change the name,

address or ownership of stock, to report 
lost certificates or to consolidate accounts, 
should contact Entercom Communications 
Corp.’s transfer agent.